2017 RT Brochure

EDITION 17 

Professional Products 

On top of their game

We set very high standards for our 

pitches as some of the best players 

in the world come to train at the complex. 

Microlite Activ8 and Premier HG fertilizers 

are used as we get excellent 

spreading consistency, evenness of 

growth and good colour. With so much 

play on our pitches, fast recovery is vital 

and this is achieved with R14 and R314 

seed mixes, and at our stadium R140 

and R14 CR. Linemarking is carried out 

using the Impact System. It’s fast and the 

lines last longer. 

“ 

” 

Alan Ferguson 

FA Group Head of Grounds & Estates, 

St. George's Park & Wembley Stadium

Page index 

FERTILIZERS 

Range Selector 4 

Polypro Range 6 

Premier HG Range 8 

Microfine Range 10 

Microlite Activ8 Range 12 

Microlite TE Bag 14 

Apex Organic Range 16 

ConVert Range 18 

Fine Turf Range 20 

Delta Sport Range 22 

Outfield Range 24 

Microflow-CXS Range 26 

Microsol Range 28 

Landscape Range 30 

Quantity Guides 31 

Spreaders 32 

Applicator Settings 34 

Soil Analysis 36 

CHEMICALS 

Product Selector 38 

Qualgex 40 

Defender 42 

Fusion 43 

Eland 44 

693 SDHI 45 

Rayzor 46 

TriMate 47 

Icade 48 

Crossbar 49 

Greenor 50 

Junction 51 

Pivotal 53 

Chikara 54 

Maintain 56 

Gallup Biograde Amenity 57 

Discman CDA Biograde 58 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity 59 

Lawn Sand 60 

Greenforce 60 

Eagle Green Care 61 

Mascot Systemic 63 

Sward 64 

Trailblazer Trio 65 

Watercondition-R 66 

Clearspray 66 

Lineout 67 

Foamcheck 67 

Ice Clean 68 

Ecoplug MAX 68 

SPECIALITIES 

Product Selectors 70 

Blockade-LX 72 

Blockade 2000 73 

Activate R 74 

Activate-XL 76 

Maxicrop 79 

Seaweed Compact 80 

SeaQuest 81 

Cal-Form 82 

K-Form 84 

Mag-Form 85 

Phos-Form 86 

Manganaze 88 

Amino-Form LX 89 

Microdyne 90 

Integrate Plus 92 

Profile 94 

Alize 96 

Magnet Velocite 97 

Magnetize 98 

Magnet Dynamic Lite 98 

Iron Complex 99 

Liquid Iron 99 

Soluble Iron 100 

Mosquito 100 

Photon 101 

Spike 103 

Propel-R 104 

Breaker BioLinks 106 

Breaker Dynamic 108 

Breaker Curative 2 110 

HydrPro-2 111 

Penetr8-R 112 

Redewcer 113 

Dew-T 114 

Microcal 115 

Tank Mixing Chart 116 

GRASS SEED 


Grass Seed Technology 120 

Tetraploid Range 122 

The‘R’ Range 124 

Germin-8 131 

Turf Range 132 

Euroflor Range 133 

Flora Native Range 138 

LINEMARKING 


Impact Range 144 

Duraline Range 148 

Applicators 150 

Accessories 155 

Nozzles 156 

DRESSINGS 

Green-spread 158 

Bulk materials 159 

SPORTS EQUIPMENT 

Sports Equipment 160 

RT TECHNOLOGY 

Fungicides – Application Timing 162 

Turf Disease Identification 163 

Nutrition Delivery Technology 166 

Nutrient Availability & Selection 168 

Influence of pH 171 

Spreader Calibration 172 

Nozzles 173 

Air Bubble Jet Application Rates 174 

Useful Conversions 175 

IOG AWARDS 2017 

HEADLINE SPONSOR RIGBY TAYLOR 

1 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Meeting the challenge is our goal 

Rigby Taylor Ltd is one of the UK’s leading industry suppliers and a major investor 

in product innovation, development and industry support initiatives. 

The company objectives are quite clear, to identify, source, develop and supply 

products that have a significant value in assisting the installation, preparation, 

health and maintenance of the country’s sports, recreational and amenity 

surfaces. 

This latest edition of our Professional Products brochure showcases the most 

comprehensive range of products currently available and describes their 

qualities, features and benefits. It also demonstrates the company’s 

commitment to provide quality products and a high level of technical support. 

Innovation 

As part of the Origin Enterprise 

Group, Rigby Taylor has made 

massive strides in the introduction of 

new and exciting innovations to the 

industry. 

The company’s Impact line marking 

paint was presented with the 

Queens Award for innovation in 2011 

and in 2016 received the Queens 

Award for Enterprise 

& International 

Trade. In 2015, 

working closely with 

Awarded to Linemark UK 

its seed breeding 

partner Top Green, a range of grass 

seed mixtures containing Tetraploid 

Technology was developed and, at 

the same time a unique liquid grass 

seed treatment, Germin-8, was 

introduced that improves 

germination and early plant 

establishment. 

Introducing innovations to the industry – 

the worlds first automatic, GPS line 

marking robot 

Turf nutrition is also a major focus for 

the company and has led to the 

development of a super, microgranulation 

technique with the 

added benefit of size consistency 

leading to a more uniform surface 

application and plant uptake. 

Technology advances have also 

been made in the application of 

line marking paint application and 

Rigby Taylor introduced the first 

automatic, GPS controlled line 

marking robot which has 

undergone successful commercial 

UK trials. 

Partnership 

Over the years, strong links have 

been forged with multi national 

companies, national sporting 

associations including the FA, RFU, 

ECB and industry organisations who 

represent professional groundsmen, 

greenkeeprs and landscapers 

throughout the country. 

0800 424919 2

FA Groundsmen of 

the Year meeting 

at St George's Park 

It is from this background, that the 

company was selected as the 

Official Supplier of consumable 

products to the FA Pitch 

Improvement Programme. The 

programme is designed to increase 

the quality of grass roots football 

pitches to a level of standard that 

will assist in improving the playing 

skills of the next generation of 

players. 

Support 

The purchase of a Rigby Taylor 

product is just the beginning of 

what we hope to be a long term 

relationship. Our 50-strong field 

based team of regional managers 

will offer product pre-selection and 

application advice on the wide 

range of products and provide 

ongoing end-user support. This team 

is ably supported by Product 

Management specialists with 

extensive knowledge on grass 

seeds, turf nutrition, chemicals and 

their application, wetting agent 

and plant health technologies and 

line marking . 

Regional team members, where 

BASIS trained are qualified to give 

advice and recommendations on 

the use of pesticide products and 

their application and also allows for 

advice to be given on spray and 

spreader calibration, chemical 

storage and disposal of used waste 

containers. 

Communication 

Talking and listening to customers is 

vital. An ongoing Product 

Improvement Plan regularly updates 

information of how products are 

performing and what is required, if 

necessary, to introduce 

improvements. Such information is 

Rigby Taylor’s new interactive 

stand at SALTEX was not only 

a big hit with visitors but also 

the organizers receiving Best 

Stand of the Show award. 

fed back by our field teams but 

information is also gained through 

organized regional seminars and 

Workshops. In 2016, a series or 

Seminars included talks on the 

Sustainable Use Directive to ensure 

customers understood how this 

affected them and the job they are 

doing. 

Communication is also undertaken 

through published literature, videos, 

website, tweets and attendance at 

key exhibitions such as SALTEX, BTME 

and FutureScape. 

3 

www.rigbytaylor.com

FERTILIZERS 

Range Type Release Pattern Longevity 

PolyPro 

Micro-granular 

Controlled Release 

Premier HG 

` 

Microfine 

Duragran 

Mini-granular 

Micro-granular 

Slow Release 

Slow Release 

Microlite Activ8 

Super Micro-granular 

Conventional Release 

Slow Release 

Microlite TE-Bag 

Super Micro-granular 


Apex Organic 

OC1, OC2 

Mini-granular 


Slow Release 

ConVert 

Mini-granular 

Slow Release 

Fineturf 

Mini-granular 


Delta Sport 

Mimax-granular 


Slow Release 

Outfield 

Mimax-granular 


Microflow CXS 

Liquid 

Slow Release 

Microsol 

Soluble 


0800 424919 4

Technology 

Surface Suitability 

Page 

Greens Tees Fairways Pitches Number 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 12 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 14 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 16 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 18 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 20 

✓ ✓ ✓ 22 

✓ ✓ 24 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 26 

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 28 

5 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱POLYPRO RANGE 

Controlled release – coated micro-granular fertilizers 

WHY POLYPRO FERTILIZERS 

❱ Superior coating technology for N & K 

❱ Durable and uniform polymer membrane 

❱ Releases nutrients via temperature-controlled 

diffusion – unaffected by moisture 

❱ Consistent, predictable and gradual release 

❱ Conventional release fraction for initial 

response 

❱ Reduced leaching and volatilisation of N 

Recommended areas 

This range has been formulated with 

Polymer Coated Nitrogen and Potassium, 

Polymer Coated Sulphur Coated Urea and 

a conventional compound granule, so the 

plant receives the early required boost, in 

conjunction with the long lasting nutrition 

which gives long term benefits of increased 

durability and stress tolerance. 

PolyPro selector 

GRANULE PACK SIZE APPLICATION PACK NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE SIZE RATE COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

mm kg g/sq.m sq.m kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

43-0-0 

100% coated N, for season long 

release. Ideal for sand construction 

base feeding 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 64.0 0 0 

35 571 150.5 0 0 

25-3-15 

An NPK fertilizer, for full season 

growth. P and K will encourage 

root development in spring 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 62.5 7.5 37.5 

35 571 63.0 10.5 52.5 

18-4-18 

Balanced NK fertilizer with P for all 

round plant health 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 45.0 10.0 45.0 

35 571 63.0 14.0 63.0 

15-0-25 

High K for stress control in drought 

conditions, high wear areas and 

high disease pressure situations 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 37.5 0 62.5 

35 571 52.5 0 87.5 

0-0-45 

100% coated K only, corrects 

deficiency in sand construction and 

hardens turf in autumn/winter 

1.0-2.0 20 

20 1000 0 0 112.5 

35 571 0 0 157.5 

PolyPro SK selector 

NEW 

NEW 

22-5-6 

+ 2MgO +2CaO 

+ seaweed 

14-0-28 

+ 2MgO +2CaO 

+ seaweed 

NPK fertilizer with coated N, and 

added Mg, Ca and seaweed for 

reduced stress 

Double K fertilizer with coated N, 

organic K, seaweed and Ca for 

improved winter hardines 

1.0-2.0 20 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 55 12.5 15 

35 571 77 17.5 21 

25 800 35 0 70 

35 571 49 0 98 

0800 424919 6

` 

PCU & PCSOP 

PolyPro Coating 

Technology 

Nutrient 

These two polymer coated 

granules will give full 

season release 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

Within a week of application, the 

polymer coating allows soil moisture 

in, which activates encapsulated 

nutients but doesn’t release them. 

Over the next several months, the 

membrane slowly releases dissolved 

nutrients through diffusion, only when 

triggered by soil temperature. 

After complete release of nutrients, 

the polymer coating microbially 

decomposes into naturally 

occurring soil elements. 

PCSCU 

The new generation PCSCU, with 3 different 

coatings on this granule, has a thinner 

sulphur coating fraction than other inferior 

PCSCU products. Inferior PCSCU will only 

release approximately 80% of their Nitrogen, 

compared to approximately 95% of the 

Nitrogen from the PCSCU used in PolyPro. 

Wax coating 

Sulphur 

Polymer 

Urea 

NEW 

TO THE RANGE 

POLYPRO SK 

Provides several months controlled release 

nutrition, in conjunction with organic nutrition 

and biostimulants. This micro-granular range 

includes a compound granule blended with 

coated nutrient, to give superior application 

compared to lesser products. 

❱ PCU with superior coating 

❱ Nutrient release not affected by moisture. 

❱ Reduced leaching and volatilization of Nitrogen 

❱ Added seaweed and organic potassium for 

improved microbial activity and root development 

❱ Calcium and Magnesium for improved disease 

tolerance 

TOTAL COATED COATED 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC N K 

% % % 

SUGGESTED USE PERIOD 

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

43 100 

25 ✓ ✓ 83 49 

18 ✓ ✓ 46 50 

15 ✓ ✓ 56 50 

0 100 

22 ✓ ✓ 68 

14 ✓ ✓ 70 

7 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱PREMIER HG RANGE 

Slow release – Methylene Urea mini-granular fertilizers 

WHY PREMIER HG FERTILIZERS 

❱ Multi-phased nutrient release pattern to provide consistent 

availability 

❱ Contains long lasting Nitrogen and Potassium for optimum 

nutrition availability 

❱ Comprehensive trace element package 

❱ Homogenous mini-granules for even distribution 

❱ Major nutrients released for up to 6 months 

❱ Flexible application rate 


Controlled Release Nitrogen Premier-HG fertilizers not only contain 

conventional release Nitrogen to give an initial response, but also 

slow release Nitrogen in the form of patented Methylene Urea. 

This Methylene Urea (MU) promotes strong root growth and a 

balanced, healthier sward development. It also encourages 

microbial activity in the soil improving the natural fertility, 

increasing and sustaining the population of beneficial organisms 

because it is a source of organic Carbon and Nitrogen. The MU 

also has a low salt index, meaning a very low scorch potential. 

Slow Release Potassium As well as containing Potassium that 

provides a rapid availability, some is also complexed with Carbon 

to provide a slow release form, as well as having a bio-stimulation 

effect due to the organic component. 

Product selector 




22-3-15 

+TE 

A balanced NPK fertilizer. 

Ideal as a base feed, and for 

sandy rootzones 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 55.0 7.5 37.5 

35 571 77.0 10,5 52.5 

18-3-18 

+TE 

A 6:1:6 ratio NPK fertilizer. 

Will stimulate root growth, 

especially after aeration 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 45.0 7.5 45.0 

35 571 63.0 10.5 63.0 

12-3-24 

+2.5MgO+TE 

3-3-32 

+TE 

Ideal for application prior to 

drought stress conditions. 

Added Magnesium enhances 

colour 

Helps correct K deficiency. 

K will release slowly and 

encourage microbial activity 

and root development 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 30.0 7.5 60.0 

35 571 42.0 10.5 84.0 

25 800 7.5 7.5 80.0 

35 571 10.5 10.5 112.0 

0800 424919 8

In Premier-HG there is a free Urea fraction but in addition three fractions of 

Methylene Urea with differing chain lengths: 

Urea fraction - very soluble and available to the turf in a matter of days. 

Fraction 1 – CWSN (cold water soluble Nitrogen) containing un-reacted 

Urea and short chain Methylene Urea polymers, with the Nitrogen being 

available over a period of weeks. 

Fraction 2 – HWSN (hot water soluble Nitrogen) consisting of medium chain 

length polymers released more slowly over 2-3 months. 

Fraction 3 – HWIN (hot water insoluble Nitrogen) containing longer chain 

polymers where the Nitrogen is released over 4-6 months or even longer 

depending on temperature and microbial activity. 

Conventional release Nitrogen for initial response 

Conventional release Nitrogen for mid-term response 

Short length polymer chain for slow release longevity 

Medium & long polymer chain for extended release 

The comprehensive trace element package contains 

Iron 

Improves disease tolerance 

Manganese Stimulates chlorophyll synthesis 

Zinc 

Enhances root development and seed establishment. 

Copper Improves cell structure 

Boron Promotes translocation of carbohydrates 

Molybdenum Converts nitrates into amino acids 

TOTAL 

TRACE 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC METH-UREA ELEMENT 

% PACKAGE 



22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

3 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

9 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICROFINE RANGE 

Slow release – Methylene Urea, mini-granular fertilizers 

WHY MICROFINE FERTILIZERS 

❱ Low Sulphur analyses 

❱ Slow and conventional release forms of Nitrogen 

❱ Nitrogen from patented Methylene Urea released in 

sync with plant needs 

❱ No excessive growth even after rain 

❱ Duragran contains DIDIN for phased Nitrogen release 






18-3-12 

+2Fe 

Combines Methylene Urea with 

Iron for improved colour and extra 

plant resilience 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 45.0 7.5 30.0 

35 571 63.0 10.5 42.0 

NDura 

16-12-8 

+TE +Zn 

+Seaweed 

Slow release, organic based for 

improved germination 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 45.0 30.0 20.0 

35 571 54.0 42.0 28.0 

16-0-16 

+2Fe+Zn 

Balanced NK fertilizer, combining 

nitric source of N to use in cooler 

conditions. A true early-start fertilizer 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 40.0 0 40.0 

35 571 56.0 0 56.0 

14-2-14 

+3.3MgO 

LOW SULPHUR FORMULATION, 

with phosphate and Magnesium 

for plant health 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 35.0 5.0 35.0 

35 571 49.0 7.0 49.0 

12-0-24 

+1.6MgO 

+1%Fe 


with double K analysis 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 30.0 0 60.0 

35 571 42.0 0 84.0 

12-0-10 

+3.3MgO 

+2Fe 


with zero phosphate 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 30.0 0 25.0 

35 571 42.0 0 35.0 

8-0-6 

+3.3%MgO 

+4%Fe 


with organic N 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 20.0 0 15.0 

35 571 28.0 0 21.0 

5-0-15 

+1.6MgO 

VERY LOW SULPHUR 

FORMULATION, with nitric N for 

cold start 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 12.5 0 37.5 

35 571 17.5 0 52.5 

Duragran 

15-5-15 

A mini-granular fertilizer containing 

Dicyandiamide, for fine turf and 

outfield. Reduced initial flush due 

to Didin 

1.0-2.0 20 

25 800 37.5 12.5 37.5 

35 571 52.5 17.5 52.5 

0800 424919 10

Microfine Proven Technology 

Sustained performance is achieved from an initial nutrient release 

response followed by a consistent balanced release for up to 12 weeks. 

Methylene Urea release is triggered by temperature and microbial 

activity, thereby matching the demands of the plant at the time 

and growth stage required. It promotes strong root growth, 

and a balanced, healthier sward with a very low salt index 

that reduces the potential for scorch. 

Sulphur is an important nutrient for plant health, but 

constant applications of high S formulations can lower 

soil ph below the required levels. High S formulations 

can also exacerbate Black Layer formation (in 

conjunction with anaerobic conditions), producing 

Hydrogen Sulphide gas, which smells of rotten eggs, 

and is toxic to plant roots. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC METH-UREA 

% 



18 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

15 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

11 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICROLITE ACTIV8 RANGE 

Conventional realease – super micro-granular fertilizers 

WHY MICROLITE ACTIV8 FERTILIZERS 

❱ The pinnacle of granule uniformity 

❱ Employs Activate ERD and XL biostimulant technology 

❱ Contains Zeolite for nutrient retention and release 

❱ Provides a 6-8 week release pattern 






14-2-10 

+3.3MgO 

Spring & summer analysis with 

Magnesium to give a balanced 

nutrient package 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 28.0 4.0 20.0 

35 571 49.0 7.0 35.0 

12-0-12 

+5MgO+2Fe 

A spring and summer fertilizer 

with Magnesium and Iron that 

will give excellent colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 24.0 0 24.0 

35 571 42.0 0 42.0 

10-0-0 

+2Fe 

Added Iron for colour. Contains 

enzymes that will aid the 

breakdown of organic matter 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 20.0 0 0 

35 571 35.0 0 0 

8-0-16 

+3.3MgO 

+4Fe 

A 1:2 ratio NK fertilizer with 

added Iron and Magnesium for 

excellent colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 16.0 0 32.0 

35 571 28.0 0 56.0 

6-0-24 

+2Fe 

Has Humic Acid to improve root 

length and soil structure. Used 

especially in autumn, winter 

and spring 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 12.0 0 48.0 

35 571 21.0 0 84.0 

12-2-12 

+5MgO 

+5CaO 

Balanced NPK fertilizer with 

MgO and CaO for plant health’ 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 1000 24.0 4.0 24.0 

35 571 42.0 7.0 42.0 

High performing super micro-granule 

for quality turf nutrition 

As fully compounded granules, each contains all 

the nutrients and elements of the analysis. Its high 

uniformity index provides excellent flowability, 

exceptional accuracy and a wide range of 

application rates. The granule is extremely robust 

but breaks down very rapidly following application. 

A complete trace element package with fully 

chelated micro-nutrients provides maximum plant 

uptake in both ERD and XL. A soil penetrant is also 

included to ensure all essential ingredients are 

transported to the rootzone for maximum uptake. 

Activate technology 

Activate ERD contains humic acid that improves root depth 

by more than 30%, root mass by 20% and enhanced 

nutrient retention. ERD will also increase plant health, seed 

germination and establishment. 

Activate XL contains simple sugars that increase microbial 

activity and summer stress tolerance. The carbohydrates 

content provides an immediate energy source to give a 

healthier, stronger sward. A cellulytic enzyme aids the 

reduction of thatch. 

The plant growth hormones contained in Activate XL are 

cold water extracted and, together with the betaines, give 

the plant added vigour as well as extra root growth. 

0800 424919 12

Zeolite 

Clinoptilolite (Zeolite) is a 

naturally occurring mineral 

incorporated in the Microlite 

range. It has a natural 

affinity to Nitrogen and 

Potassium and these 

nutrients are absorbed into 

the Clinoptilolite grid and then released as and 

when demanded by the plant. Clinoptilolite will 

also hold up to 55% of it’s weight in moisture, 

which is released as the plant demands. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ZEOLITE TECHNOLOGY 

% 



14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12-0-12 Microlite Activ8: 

Superb uniformity of 

granule size will provide 

consistent nutrient release 

ACTUAL 

SIZE 

13 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICROLITE TE-BAG 

Conventional release – super micro-granular fertilizers 


WHY MICROLITE TE-BAG FERTILIZER 

❱ Improves the efficiency of micro-and macro-nutrients 

❱ High Magnesium content ensures optimised chlorophyll production 

❱ Unique Trace Element Package 

❱ Prevent deficiencies in sand based rootzones 

TE-Bag is a concentrated formulation of essential 

micro nutrients in a super micro-granule. Having 

the correct levels of micro nutrients is pivotal for 

the uptake of macro nutrients and therefore 

plant health, especially in sand based 

constructions prone to leaching. 




Microlite 

TE-Bag 

Prevent deficiencies by 

maintaining trace element levels. 

Contains high Magnesium and 

Iron for health and colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

10 2000 0 0 0 

15 1333 0 0 0 

Magnesium 

Iron 

Manganese 

Zinc 

Copper 

Boron 

Molybdenum 

Major element in chlorophyll 

production, so essential for UV light 

uptake and colour 

Improved disease tolerance and colour 

Improved chlorophyll synthesis, and 

Take –All Patch resistance 

Improved root development and seed 

establishment. 

Improved cell structure and disease 

resistance 

Improved translocation of 

carbohydrates 

Converts nitrates into Amino Acids 

0800 424919 14

TOTAL 

TRACE ELEMENT PACKAGE 

NITROGEN MgO Fe Mn Zn Cu B Mo 

% % % % % % % % 



0 19.8 8.0 3.0 1.0 0.5 0.1 0.1 

“ 

The stadium’s in-season granular fertilizer 

programme is based on applications of Rigby 

Taylor’s MicroLite using 8.0.16 and 12.0.12. “This fertilizer 

has super micro-sized granule that have a high level of 

size consistency. Such consistency allows us to achieve 

uniform spreading across the surface. 

” 

Andy Gray 

Head Groundsman 

St. Mary’s Stadium 

Southampton FC 

15 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱APEX ORGANIC RANGE 

Conventional and slow release-mineral/organic and 

organic mini-granular fertilizers 


WHY APEX ORGANIC FERTILIZERS 

❱ A naturally based range, with up to 100% organic 

content 

❱ Contains Polyhalite - an organic source of K, Ca, Mg 

❱ Includes several sources of organic N and K 

❱ Enhanced microbial activity 

❱ Phased release of nutrients 

❱ Low salt analyses 

Now includes high organic, low salt index analyses, rich in humic acid 

that offer enhanced disease resistance, improved root mass and 

slow, sustained growth. The homogenous, min-granule formulations 

provide flexible, accurate and uniform application of all nutrients. 





8-0-8 

+5MgO+2Fe 

8-0-0 

+2Fe 

A 1:1 ratio containing 30% organic 

content. Added Magnesium and Iron 

provides extra colour and improved 

photosynthesis 

A Nitrogen only fertilizer with 25% 

active organic content providing a 

slow growth pattern. Iron is added 

for extra colour 

1.0-1.5 20 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 20.0 0 20.0 

35 571 28.0 0 28.0 

25 800 20.0 0 0 

35 571 28.0 0 0 

7-0-14 

+2Fe 

A 1:2 ratio NK fertilizer helps 

address K deficiency. Contains 

35% active organic content. 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 17.5 0 35.0 

35 571 24.5 0 49.0 

5-3-4 

+5MgO+2Fe 

4-0-8 

+3.3MgO 

+4Fe 

OC1 

8-0-0 

+2Fe 

OC2 

5-2-10 

+wetting agent 

Can be used all year round. 

Contains 30% active organic 

content. Ideal for application after 

overseeding and aeration 

Seaweed content enhances root 

growth and shoot density. Iron 

hardens the turf and Magnesium 

provides excellent colour 

62% organic. Nitrogen only, 

with added Iron for colour 

100% organic. Ideal for 

autumn renovation 

1.0-1.5 20 

1.0-1.5 20 

1.0-1.5 20 

1.0-1.5 20 

25 800 12.5 7.5 10.0 

35 571 17.5 10.5 14.0 

25 800 10.0 0 20.0 

35 571 14.0 0 28.0 

25 800 20.0 0 0 

70 285 56.0 0 0 

25 800 12.5 5.0 25.0 

70 285 35.0 14.0 70.0 

0800 424919 16

All high organic content fertilizers also provide 

required trace elements, micronutrients, and primary 

biostimulant sources, i.e. humic substances, Amino 

Acids and enzymes. 

All organic fertilizers should be irrigated in well, and 

the surface should be mown without boxes for a few 

days if possible as organic granules take longer to 

disperse than mineral granules. 

Polyhalite 

The Apex Organic range contains Polyhalite, a 

naturally occurring source of Potassium, Magnesium 

and Calcium. The Potassium is released more slowly 

than some other sources, giving greater longevity. 

Magnesium aids the chlorophyll production and 

therefore improves the photosynthesis of the plant. 

Calcium helps to strengthen cell walls, making the 

plant less susceptible to disease. 

Lignite 

Lignite is used to improve the Cation Exchange 

Capacity (CEC), therefore reducing the leaching of 

nutrients and improving the efficacy of the fertilizer. 

Lignite, in conjunction with Potassium, will also provide 

a good source of Humic Acid to encourage root 

development and stimulate microbial soil activity. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC POLYHALITE 

% 



8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

7 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ 

17 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱CONVERT RANGE 

Slow release – coated micro-granularfertilizers 


WHY CONVERT FERTILIZERS 

❱ Contains RT PCSCU giving 8-12 weeks release 

❱ Contains Polyhalite with slow release, 

organic, K, Mg and Ca 

❱ Naturally occurring nutrients encourage 

microbial activity 

❱ High calcium improves disease resistance 

and plant vigour 

❱ High Magnesium improves chlorophyll 

production and enhanced colour 

❱ Mini-granule 1.0-2.5mm 

This exciting addition to the Rigby Taylor range is a blend of two granules, 

one a coated nitrogen granule, the other a compound granule containing 

both conventional and slow release nutrients. This new combination 

produces an immediate release, followed by 8-12 weeks of slow and 

controlled release of all nutrients. 





41-0-0 

21-5-6 

+2MgO+4CaO 

20-0-7 

+3MgO+4CaO 

15-5-15 

+2MgO+4CaO 

12-5-20 

+2MgO+4CaO 

100% controlled release N for 

consistent growth 

An NPK fertilizer with good initial 

responseand excellent longevity. 

Provides good colour and 

all-round plant health 

Zero Phosphate analysis. 

Stimulates microbial activity and 

enhanced colour 

A balanced NK fertilizer with P for 

improved root development. Ideal 

following overseeding 

High K fertilizer for improved stress 

resistance and plant durability 

during autumn and winter period 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

20 1000 82.0 0 0 

35 571 143.5 0 

0 

25 800 52.5 12.5 15.0 

35 571 73.5 17.5 21.0 

25 800 50.0 0 17.5 

35 571 70.0 0 24.5 

25 800 37.5 12.5 37.5 

35 571 52.5 17.5 52.5 

25 800 30.0 12.5 50.0 

35 571 42.0 17.5 70.0 

0800 424919 18

A new generation of polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated urea fertilizer with 

a polymer layer inside the protective surface layer. This has many benefits 

as compared to lesser PCSCU’s which have a polymer or conditioner on 

the outside of the Sulphur. 

Wax coating 

The outer Sulphur and wax 

Sulphur layers work together to protect 

the inner polymer coating 

Polymer during the various stages of 

Urea processing. Once the outer 

Sulphur and wax layers absorb 

moisture, the inside polymer 

layer delivers a consistent 

nutrient release at a time required by the plant. Other PCSCUs often 

suffer from nutrient "lock-off" in which the Sulphur coating is too thick to 

allow Nitrogen to release in the expected time frame. 

TOTAL TOTAL 

COATED COATED 

SUGGESTED USE USE PERIOD PERIOD 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC UREIC N N POLYHALITE JAN JAN FEB FEB MAR MAR APR APR MAY MAY JUN JUN JUL JUL AUG AUG SEP SEP OCT OCT NOV NOV DEC DEC 

% % % % 

41 41 100 100 

21 21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 25 25 ✓ ✓ 

20 20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 25 25 ✓ ✓ 

15 15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 25 25 ✓ ✓ 

12 12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 25 25 ✓ ✓ 

19 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱FINE TURF RANGE 

Conventional release – mini-granular fertilizers 





SS2 

14-2-7 

+1.6MgO 

Zero P 

14-0-7 

+1.6MgO+1Fe 

SS6 

12-0-9 

+1.6MgO+1Fe 

NPK fertilizer with 3 sources of N, 

one of which is organic. Low 

Sulphur for anaerobic conditions. 

15% active organic content 

N & K zero Phosphate with 3 

sources of Nitrogen, including 

organic. 10% active organic 

content 

N & K zero Phosphate with 4 

sources of Nitrogen, of which two 

are organic to encourage microbial 

activity. Contains seaweed 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 35.0 5.0 17.5 

35 571 49.0 7.0 24.5 

25 800 35.0 0 17.5 

35 571 49.0 0 24.5 

25 800 30.0 0 22.5 

35 571 42,0 0 31.5 

SS Base 

11-3-3 

NPK fertilizer with no organic 

content. Ideal for use after 

overseeding 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 27.5 7.5 7.5 

35 571 38.5 10.5 10.5 

Cold Start WP 

10-2-20 

+1.6MgO 

Summer Green 

9-0-0 

+11Fe 

High K fertilizer containing a 

Nitrogen source for a phased 

release in cooler conditions. Ideal 

for pitches and outfield 

Contains 2 sources of Nitrogen 

for a balanced response. 

High Iron enhances colour and 

hardens sward 

1.0-2.5 20 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 25.0 5.0 50.0 

35 571 35.0 7.0 70.0 

25 800 22.5 0 0 

30 666 27.0 0 0 

Cold Start G 

6-0-18 

+3.3MgO+2Fe 

Fertilizer with a 1:3 ratio to help 

with Potassium deficiency. Ideal for 

use in cooler conditions 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 15.0 0 45.0 

35 571 21.0 0 63.0 

Dual K 

6-0-12 

+3.3MgO+2Fe 

Low analysis, perfect all-year-round 

feed for fine turf with 15% organic 

nutrient 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 15.0 0 30.0 

35 571 21.0 0 42.0 

AW Boost 

5-5-10 

+2.4MgO+4Fe 

Low Nitrogen formulation with 

added P & K. There are 3 sources 

of Nitrogen, including organic, to 

give a phased release pattern 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 12.5 12.5 25.0 

35 571 17.5 17.5 35.0 

P Fix 

3-10-5 

High Phosphate levels will correct 

any deficiency and enhance new 

seedling establishment 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 7.5 25.0 12.5 

35 571 10.5 35.0 17.5 

Turf Hardener 

3-0-3 

+1.6MgO+4Fe 

RT Lawn Sand 

4-0-0 

+14.1 FeSO 4 

GreenForce 

10-4-2 

+16.2 FeSO 4 

+ selective herbicide 

Three sources of Nitrogen, 

including organic to give a phased 

release. Includes Iron Pyrites for 

greater longevity of colour 

Micronised, with extra Iron for 

growth stimulation plus excellent 

moss control and improved colour. 

MAPP No 17031 

Feed, weed and mosskiller. 

Compound fertilizer with dicamba 

and mecoprop-P. Apply early spring 

late summer. MAPP 16369 

1.0-2.5 20 

0800 424919 20 

25 800 7.5 0 7.5 

70 285 21.0 0 21.0 

Micronised 20 40 500 15.0 0 0 

80 250 30.0 0 0 

1.0-2.5 15 20 750 20.0 4.0 8.0


WHY FINE TURF FERTILIZERS 

❱ 1-2.5mm granule size 

❱ Analyses for all seasons 

❱ Some analyses with nitric source 

of Nitrogen for cooler conditions 

Fine Turf products are ideal for turf 

managers who prefer conventional 

fertilizers which give precise control over 

nutrient inputs during the growing season 

and achieve a rapid green-up. The 

homogenous evenly-sized granules ensure 

maximum coverage and a quick 

dependable release of nutrients, even 

under cool soil temperatures. 

Several products in the Fine Turf range 

contain organic nutrient which complexes 

with the mineral elements to give a more 

gradual release of nutrients. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC 

% 



14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

11 ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ 

9 ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

5 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

3 ✓ 

3 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ 

10 ✓ ✓ 

21 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱DELTA SPORT RANGE 

NEW SMALLER 

GRANULE 

Conventional and slow release – mimax granular fertilizers 


Delta Sport is a high quality range of 

organic based fertilisers that are ideal for 

golf tees, surrounds and fairways, tennis 

courts and all outfield areas. 

To obtain improved performance all 

formulations of the Delta Sport range 

contain organic material. The chicken 

litter not only offers Nitrogen, Phosphorus 

and Potassium from an organic source, 

but also complexes with the mineral 

elements in the fertilizer resulting in a 

modified release of nutrients. 

WHY DELTA SPORT FERTILIZERS 

❱ New Mimax Granule, giving greater flexibility of 

application rates 

❱ Organic mineral complex offers a modified release 

of N and K and even growth pattern 

❱ Homogenous granule provides an even distribution 

of nutrients 

❱ Improved microbial activity 

❱ Improved granular spectrum compared to 

traditional outfield fertilizers 

❱ Carbon in organic material helps stimulate soil 

microbes 

❱ Minimum 20% active organic content 

WHY DELTA SPORT MINI FERTILIZER 

❱ All the benefits of the Delta Sport fertilizers but 

in a 1.0-2.5 mm mini granule size 





15-2-12 

+0.5%Fe 

12-4-8 

+0.5%Fe 

8-6-6 

+0.5%Fe 

6-3-9 

+0.5%Fe 

A Nitrogen, Phosphate and 

Potassium fertilizer containing 

Methylene Urea for controlled 

release, and Iron for extra colour 

A Nitrogen, Phosphate and 

Potassium fertilizer with a 3:1:2 

ratio for balanced nutrition. Added 

Iron will give improved colour 

Balanced NPK maintains steady 

growth. Ideal for application during 

spring, summer and early autumn, 

especially after overseeding 

An NPK fertilizer with lower 

amounts of nutrition to maintain 

minimal growth. Ideal for 

landscaping projects 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 37.5 5.0 30.0 

35 571 52.5 7.0 42.0 

25 800 30.0 10.0 20.0 

35 571 42.0 14.0 28.0 

25 800 20.0 15.0 15.0 

35 571 28.0 21.0 21.0 

25 800 15.0 7.5 22.5 

35 571 21.0 10.5 31.5 

DELTA MINI 

12-4-8 

+0.5%Fe 

An NPK fertilizer with a 3:1:2 ratio 

for balanced nutrition, where 

Phosphate is required. Added Iron 

improves colour 

1.0-2.5 20 

25 800 30.0 10.0 20.0 

35 571 42.0 14.0 28.0 

0800 424919 22

When Delta Sport and Delta 

Sport Mini fertilizers are 

produced, composted 

chicken litter is formulated 

with N, P and K from mineral 

sources. This enables a 

homogeneous granule to 

be produced, with each 

fertilizer granule containing 

a significant organic 

content as well as ensuring an even distribution of 

nutrition. The organic source of nutrients derived from 

chicken litter will encourage microbial activity within 

the rootzone due to the Carbon content. The 

organic content means this range is ideal to apply 

after seeding. 

The organic base also provides small amounts of 

micro-nutrients including Boron, Copper, Magnesium, 

Manganese, Iron and Zinc, all of which are essential 

for healthy plant growth, especially root 

development. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC ORGANIC METH-UREA 

% 



15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

8 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

23 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱OUTFIELD RANGE 

NEW SMALLER 

GRANULE 

Conventional release – mimax granular fertilizers 


WHY OUTFIELD FERTILIZERS 

❱ New Mimax Granule, giving greater flexibility of application rates 

❱ Granular fertilizers that release nutrients over a 6-8 week period 

❱ Dependable and consistent performance 

❱ Improved uniformity and accuracy of application 

❱ Advanced granule size spectrum compared to traditional outfield 

fertilizers 

❱ New BiO range contains seaweed and humates 

Outfield selector 




S/S Outfield 

16-6-6 

Provides a balanced feed and 

quick green-up for when turf has 

been heavily used or is very low 

in nutrition 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 40.0 15.0 15.0 

35 571 56.0 21.0 21.0 

S/S Fairway 

12-4-4 

A well balanced NPK fertilizer, with 

a 3:1:1 ratio, ideal in maintaining 

balanced growth and plant health 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 30.0 10.0 10.0 

35 571 42.0 14.0 14.0 

S/S Outfield 

9-5-5 

Provides a quick green-up and a 

steady balanced feed, lasting 

several weeks 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 22.5 12.5 12.5 

35 571 31.5 17.5 17.5 

Pre-seed 

8-12-8 

A/W Outfield 

4-10-10 

A pre-seeding or pre-turfing fertilizer 

with a traditional 1/1.5/1 ratio 

promoting earlier grass coverage 

and faster rooting 

High P & K levels promote healthy 

root development. Primarily for 

autumn use but can be used any 

time of the year 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 20.0 30.0 20.0 

35 571 28.0 42.0 28.0 

25 800 10.0 25.0 25.0 

35 571 14.0 35.0 35.0 

Outfield BiO selector 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

Summer Boost 

14-6-8 

+2MgO 

+seaweed 

Zero P 

12-0-9 

+0.5Fe 

+seaweed 

Pro-seed 

8-12-8 

+3MgO 

+Zn 

NPK with added Mg and seaweed 

for improved colour and roots 

NK fertilizer with Fe and seaweed 

for plant health 

Pre-seed with Mg and Zn for 

improved colour and germination 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

1.0-3.0 20 

25 800 35.0 15.0 20.0 

35 571 49.0 21.0 28.0 

25 800 30.0 0 22.5 

35 571 42.0 0 31.5 

25 800 20.0 30.0 20.0 

35 571 28.0 42.0 28.0 

0800 424919 24

The Outfield range provides homogenous, traditional 

mineral formulations with high quality, easy to apply 

granules that give a dependable performance. 

The highly soluble nutrient sources used in each 

product produce a good initial visual effect 

under a wide variety of environmental 

conditions, making them suitable for 

autumn/winter or spring/summer applications. 

Some formulations are ideal for pre-seeding. 

Outfield BiO is a new range of organic based 

fertilizers containing macro- and micronutrients, 

seaweed and humates in a new 

homogenous Mimax granule. Seaweed 

improves drought resistance, and in 

conjunction with the humates, improves 

root mass and length. 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC 

% 



16 ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ 

9 ✓ 

8 ✓ 

4 ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ 

8 ✓ 

25 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICROFLOW-CXS RANGE 

Slow release liquid fertilizers 


WHY MICROFLOW-CXS FERTILIZERS 

❱ Premium range of controlled or conventional release 

analyses 

❱ Analyses can be mixed to give the required release pattern 

❱ Conventional release is a “true foliar” 

❱ New high P analysis 

❱ Improved surfactant to maximise leaf and root uptake 

❱ Fully compatible with RT Speciality Range and Maintain PGR 


PACK SIZE APPLICATION WATER PACK NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE RATE VOLUME COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

litres litres/ha litres/ha ha kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

26-0-0 

+TE 

N only, containing MU, which can 

be mixed with other analyses 

20 

20 

400+ 

1.0 6.8 0 0 

120 0.16 40.6 0 0 

17-2-5 

+TE 

True foliar NPK, with increased 

plant sugars for improved longevity 

20 

20 400+ 1.0 4.1 0.5 1.2 

120 0.16 24.5 2.9 7.2 

14-0-7 

+TE 

True foliar zero P analysis, with 

increased plant sugars 

20 

20 

400+ 

1.0 3.4 0 1.7 

120 0.16 20.3 0 10.2 

6-2-18 

+Fe+TE 

True foliar year round foliar NPK, 

with Iron for colour and plant 

sugars. 

20 

20 

400+ 

1.0 1.6 0.5 4.9 

120 0.16 9.8 3.3 29.5 

NEW 

4-12-4 

+Zn+TE 

True foliar post germination NPK 

with added Zn for increased rooting 

20 

20 

400+ 

1.0 1.0 0.5 1.0 

120 0.16 6.0 18.0 6.0 

Methylene Ureas 

Long chain molecules are used, which requires microbial 

action to breakdown, and has minimum scorch risk. 

Plant Sugars 

The plant sugar content has been increased to give 

greater longevity from a true foliar fertilizer. These provide 

an energy source for the mycorrhizae and rhizosphere 

bacteria, providing the plant with nitrate and 

phosphate. 

Trace Elements 

These include, Molybdenum, Boron, 

Zinc, Manganese, Copper and Iron, to 

improve plant hardiness, root 

development and the uptake of 

macro nutrients. 

0800 424919 26

Advanced 

penetrants in 

Microflow-CXS 

allow the nutrients 

and biostimulants 

to move through 

the soil profile 

Microflow-CXS 

is then quickly 

taken up by 

the plant roots 

TOTAL 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC NITRIC METH-UREA 

% 

PLANT 

SUGARS 



26 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

17 ✓ ✓ 

14 ✓ ✓ 

6 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

4 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

Humates 

Humates in Microflow-CXS are derived from Leonardite, a 

very bioactive form of Humic Acid. This is a highly 

compressed, natural organic humus that has been further 

decomposed by microbial organisms. It provides many 

benefits resulting in improved plant health and growth. 

27 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICROSOL RANGE 

Conventional release soluble fertilizers 


WHY MICROSOL FERTILIZERS 

❱ Specially formulated NPK, water soluble fertilizers with 

rapid solubilising Magnesium 

❱ Hard and soft water formulation options 

❱ Contains a trace element package 

❱ Unique addition of highly soluble Magnesium 

❱ Can be tank mixed with Maintain and Rigby Taylor 

Speciality products 

❱ High K cold start formulation 

This superior range of soluble fertilizers has a number of new 

analyses to suit all turf surfaces. Designed for all year round 

use, these analyses can be used in both hard and soft water 

areas. The Microsol range gives the turf manager an 

economical option, with accurate even application for 

fertilizing large areas such as fairways, football pitches and racecourses. 

A full trace element package is included in each formulation. 


PACK SIZE APPLICATION WATER NUTRIENT INPUT 

PRODUCT NOTES SIZE RATE VOLUME COVERAGE LONGEVITY N P K 

kg kg/ha sq.m ha kg/ha kg/ha kg/ha 

28-0-14 

+2%MgO+TE 

A zero phosphate fertilizer with 

added Magnesium to improve 

photosynthesis, and trace elements 

for all round health. 

20 

15 300 1.33 4.2 0 2.1 

60 750 0.33 16.8 0 8.4 

25-5-10 

+1%MgO 

A balanced NPK fertilizer with added 

Magnesium, ideal for 

spring/summer use. 

20 

15 300 1.33 3.75 0.75 1.5 

60 750 0.33 15.0 3.0 6.0 

16-32-16 

+2%MgO+TE 

SW 

16-32-16 

+2%MgO+TE 

HW 

Two1:2:1 fertilizers, ideal for 

application after seeding and to 

encourage root growth after periods 

of plant stress. 

‘SW’ is a SOFT water option suited 

to the south east of the UK. 

‘HW’ is a HARD water option suited 

to the majority of the UK 

20 

20 

15 300 1.33 2.4 4.8 2.4 

60 750 0.33 9.6 19.2 9.6 

15 300 1.33 2.4 4.8 2.4 

60 750 0.33 9.6 19.2 9.6 

12-6-44 

+TE 

Readily available N especially in 

the cooler conditions. High K levels 

aid plant durability during the 

autumn/winter months. 

20 

15 300 1.33 1.8 0.9 6.6 

60 750 0.33 7.2 3.6 26.6 

0800 424919 28

TOTAL 

TRACE 

NITROGEN AMMONIACAL UREIC NITRIC ELEMENT 

% PACKAGE 



25 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

12 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

28 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ 

16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 

29 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱LANDSCAPE RANGE 

Slow release – granular fertilizers 

Rose Fertilizer 

❱ 5-2-10 formulation 

❱ An ideal base fertilizer for tree and 

shrub planting 

One hundred percent organic. The analysis is formulated to 

encourage perfect blooms with good colour. 

Recommended application rates: 35-50g per sq.m. 

Planting Plus 

❱ 4-12-10 +6.6MgO 

❱ High potash fertilizer for excellent blooms 

❱ Contains organic source of nutrition 

This fertilizer is ideal for use as a base dressing when planting or 

containerising trees and shrubs, and also as a top dressing for 

hardy nursery stock. Planting Plus provides Nitrogen and 

Phosphorus in a slow release form, together with Potash and 

Magnesium. It also contains Lignite for increased cation 

exchange capacity in the soil so helping keep the nutrients 

working together longer. 

Recommended application rates: 70-140g per sq.m. 

We are great believers in the benefits that can be 

gained through the use of products containing Amino 

“ 

acids. They help the plant to resist stress and we 

use them in the build up to a match to assist the 

plant recovery. We use Microlite Activ8, supplemented 

with Amino-Form LX and MicroDyne through June 

and July, which is a nutritional combination of microgranular 

fertilizers and liquid biostimulants. Impact XP 

paint is used for line marking at the stadium and on 

the training pitches at Auchenhowie. 

” 

David Roxburgh 

Head Groundsman, Rangers FC Ibrox Stadium 

30

❱QUANTITY GUIDES 

HOW MANY 20kg* BAGS ARE NEEDED FOR THE TOTAL AREA : Black figures 

WHAT QUANTITY (kgs) IS REQUIRED FOR THE SINGLE AREA : Green figures 

*The Greenforce bag (only) contains 15 kgs 

Range 

Microlite 

Activ8 

Microfine 

Apex 

Premier-HG 

Fineturf 

Delta Sport 

Outfield 

PolyPro 

43-0-0 

PolyPro 

All other 

analyses 

ConVert 

41-0-0 

ConVert 

All other 

analyses 

Microlite 

TE-Bag 

Greenforce 

Microfine 

Organic 

RT 

Micronised 

Lawn Sand 

x1 x18 x4 x4 x1 x1 x1 x1 

Hectare Golf Bowling Tennis Cricket Football Rugby Hockey 

Greens Greens Courts Square Pitch Pitch Pitch 

each each each Max Min Max Min 

Application 10,000sq.m 500sq.m 1,475sq.m 262sq.m 520sq.m 10,800sq.m 4,140sq.m 6,900sq.m 4,950sq.m 4,500sq.m 

Rate 

(9,000sq.m) (5,900sq.m) (1,048sq.m) 

35g/sq.m 18 bags 16 bags 11 bags 2 bags 1 bag 19 bags 8 bags 12 bags 9 bags 8 bags 

350 kgs 17.5 kgs 52 kgs 9 kgs 18 kgs 378 kgs 145 kgs 241 kgs 173 kgs 158 kgs 

25g/sq.m 13 bags 12 bags 8 bags 2 bags 1 bags 14 bags 5 bags 9 bags 7 bags 6 bags 

250 kgs 12.5 kgs 37 kgs 6.5 kgs 13 kgs 270 kgs 104 kgs 173 kgs 124 kgs 113 kgs 

15g/sq.m 8 bags 7 bags 5 bags 1 bag 1 bag 9 bags 4 bags 6 bags 4 bags 4 bags 









200 kgs 180 kgs 30 kgs 5.25 kgs 10.5 kgs 216 kgs 83 kgs 138 kgs 99 kgs 90 kgs 




250 kgs 10 kgs 37 kgs 6.5 kgs 13 kgs 270 kgs 104 kgs 173 kgs 124 kgs 113 kgs 




100 kgs 5 kgs 14.75 kgs 2.6 kgs 5.2 kgs 108 kgs 41.4 kgs 69 kgs 49.5 kgs 45 kgs 




200 kgs 10 kgs 30 kgs 5.25 kgs 10.5 kgs 216 kgs 83 kgs 138 kgs 99 kgs 90 kgs 




400 kgs 20 kgs 59 kgs 10.5 kgs 21 kgs 432 kgs 166 kgs 276 kgs 198 kgs 180 kgs 


800 kgs 40 kgs 118 kgs 21 kgs 42 kgs 864 kgs 332 kgs 552 kgs 396 kgs 360 kgs 

Notes: Quantities sufficient for ONE application at the recommended rate. Ensure accurate measurement of area to be treated and apply at the recommended label rate. 

31 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱SPREADERS 

Model RT36PP 

Model RTCP36 

Model RT36PS 

Model RT60PS 

OptiM8 

COMMERCIAL 

Diamond frame, heavy-duty, epoxy powder 

coated steel chassis 

36kg hopper capacity 

Interchangeable tray system 

Heavy-duty gearbox for longer life 

Wide spaced 33cm diameter turf tyres on stainless 

steel axle 

Debris screen 

Rain-proof hopper cover (as standard) 

5 year limited warranty 

Exclusive Calibrator bag 

Comes with Standard Output tray 

High Output and Low Output trays optional extras 

OptiM8 

PROFESSIONAL 

High specification spreaders featuring twin-tube 

epoxy powder coated or stainless steel chassis. 

36kg or 60kg hopper capacity 

Interchangeable tray system 

‘Bull’ cushioned handles reduces fatigue 

Adjustable handle for custom operator fit 

Heavy-duty gearbox for longer life 

Wide spaced 33cm diameter turf tyres on stainless 

steel axle 

Debris screen 

Rain-proof hopper cover (as standard) 

5 year limited warranty 

Exclusive Calibrator bag to aid application 

accuracy 

Comes with Standard Output tray 

High Output and Low Output trays optional extras 

0800 424919 32

OptiM8 

Each OptiM8 model has three interchangeable trays, providing a 

high level of operation flexibility. 

1 

2 

3 

Each tray feature is ergonomically designed to ensure all products flow easily to the bottom of the tray, 

fully emptying the hopper. 

Standard Output 

For high-level application accuracy, the 

Standard Output tray features a 3-hole 

drop mechanism with a dual-port 

adjustable shut off system. Ensures an 

even spread of all granular fertilizer 

products over an 180˚ spread width. 

Saves time and money with a one-pass, 

even application 

High Output 

Designed specifically for the 

application of large granular materials 

such as rock salt. The tray features a 

NEW oscillating agitator that improves 

the flow of difficult to spread materials. 

Innovative design provides enhanced 

agitation and product delivery 

Low Output 

Accurate spreading of small-gauge 

materials such as grass and flower 

seed and certain specialist chemicals. 

The oscillating shut-off with agitating 

pins ensures fine materials flow more 

freely. 

Specially designed for low volume 

applications 

33 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱ FERTILIZER APPLICATOR SETTINGS 

OptiM8 Spreaders 

Spread Grams 

Tray OptiM8 

Grams 

Tray OptiM8 

Grams 

Fertilizer Analysis width per 

‘Standard’ Setting 

per 

‘Standard’ Setting 

per 

metre sq.metre sq.metre sq.metre 

Tray 

‘Standard’ 

OptiM8 

Setting 

Microlite Activ8 

All analyses 2.90 20 3-hole 11.0 25 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 14.0 

Microlite 

Microlite 12-0-12 2.90 20 3-hole 11.0 25 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 14.0 

TE-Bag 2.75 10 3-hole 9.0 15 3-hole 10.0 - - - 

Polypro 

Polypro 23-3-16 

Polypro 18-4-18 3.25 25 3-hole 15.5 30 3-hole 16.0 35 3-hole 16.5 

Polypro 15-0-23 

Polypro 0-0-45 3.10 25 3-hole 11.5 30 3-hole 12.5 35 3-hole 13.5 

Convert 


Premier HG 


Apex Organic 


Delta Sport 

All analyses 3.60 - - - - - - 35 3-hole 22.0 

Delta Mini 12-4-8 3.00 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 

Duragran 15-5-5 2.85 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 14.5 40 3-hole 16.0 

Fineturf 

Fineturf 14-2-7 


Fineturf 12-0-9 2.85 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 14.5 35 3-hole 15.0 






3.00 25 3-hole 14.0 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 




Micronised 

Lawn Sand 4-0-0 2.75 70 3-hole 18.0 140 3-hole 26.5 - - - 

Microfine 

Microfine 5-0-15 




2.95 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 15.0 35 3-hole 16.0 



Microfine 12-0-10 3.00 25 3-hole 13.5 30 3-hole 14.5 35 3-hole 16.0 

Microfine OC1 8-0-0 

Microfine OC2 5-2-12 

2.50 25 3-hole 16.0 35 3-hole 19.0 70 3-hole 27.0 

Outfield 

All analyses 4.75 35 3-hole 25.0 - - - - - - 

0800 424919 34

Scotts SR2000 Spreader 

Range Product Spread Width Application Full Rate Half Rate 

Width Setting Rate g/m 2 Single Pass Double Pass 

Convert All analyses 5.0m No.6 25 (35) O½ (Q½) L (N) 

PolyPro All analyses 4.8m No.4 25 (35) O (R) L (M½) 

Microfine Organic All analyses 1.7m No.8 35 (70) M½ (R) K (M½) 

Microfine All analyses 3.2m No.7 25 (35) L½ (N½) J½ (K½) 

Premier HG All analyses 3.8m No.8 25 (35) L½ (N) K (K½) 

Microlite Active-8 All analyses 3.8m No.6 25 (35) L½ (N) K (K½) 

Microlite 12-0-12 3.8m No.6 25 (35) L½ (N) K (K½) 

Apex Organic All analyses 3.8m No.7 35 O L 

Fineturf All analyses, except 9-0-0 3.8m No.7 35 O L 

Fineturf 9-0-0 3.5m No.7 30 M K 

Micronised Lawn Sand 2.7m No.8 70 (105) N (P) K½ (L½) 

Delta All analyses 3.8m No.8 35 Q 

Delta Mini 12-4-8 3.8m No.7 35 O L 

Outfield All analyses 3.8m No.8 35 Q 

Planting Plus 4-12-10 3.8m No.8 35 Qº 

Note: The above are for guidance only, always consult manufacturer's manual. Settings may vary with moisture content of product. Walking speed will affect swath 

width and thus application rate – above are base on 3mph/4.8kph, (Ev-N-Spred 2.24mph/3.6kph). It is recommended that calibration is carried out before application. 

35 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱SOIL ANALYSIS 

A service that provides an 

awareness and understanding of 

the nutritional status of sports and 

amenity turf. 

All plants need essential nutrients to live and grow 

healthily. Just as the human body needs vitamins 

and minerals, plants need macronutrients and 

micronutrients. Soil fertility is one of several factors, 

including light, moisture, weeds, insects and 

diseases that can affect turf quality and 

sustainability but reliable nutrient recommendations 

are dependent upon accurate soil tests. 

Results from soil sample analysis will allow turf 

professionals to base their nutritional programmes 

on a clear understanding of what is required to 

improve plant vigour, resulting in increased turf 

quality, health and enhanced playability. 

Analytical evaluation of soil samples offers an 

indicative approach to problem solving. 

The Kit 

Containing all the components required for taking 

and having analysed six individual soil samples. 

A pre-paid despatch box is provided that will hold 

6 x soil samples, which are sent to a leading, 

independent research laboratory, skilled in the 

analyses of turf soils and their nutritional 

requirements. 

Special analysis: 

All the above ‘Standard’, plus organic matter, 

plant available B, Cu, Mn, S, Zn. 

The soil analysis results will be assessed against 

those levels that are required for healthy, 

sustainable turf to identify deficiencies, excessive 

quantities or confirm optimum amounts. 

A range of other tests can be carried out including 

Organic matter content, trace elements levels, 

irrigation water suitability, determination of water 

pH. Ask your area RT representative for details. 

The Recommendation 

Following the results of the soil analysis, a nutrient 

turf programme will be compiled that will address 

those areas that have been highlighted and are 

specifically tailored to the turf/soil individual needs. 

All products recommended for use in the 

programme have been thoroughly trialled, tested 

and proven under UK climatic and cultural 

conditions and across the full range of sports turf 

surfaces. 

The Analysis 

A range of test options are available depending on 

the individual site requirements. 

Standard: 

Sand/Soil/Silt content, pH, P, K, Mg, Ca. 

Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) 

A Rigby Taylor soil analysis kit can be obtained from 

your area RT representative or by contacting us on 

FreePhone 0800 424 919. 

0800 424919 36

“ 

I have been using Breaker Fairway 

No 3 for the past 3 years and the 

fairways have been performing really 

well and increased the fescue contact 

and the drought tolerance. The 

formulation is based on Breaker 

Dynamic but specially modified for use 

on fairways and outfield areas. 

” 

Ben Edwards 

Head Greenkeeper 

West Hill Golf Club, Surrey 

37

CHEMICALS 


DISEASE CONTROL 

Fungicide Activity Type Fusarium Dollar Anthrac- Red Take-all Leaf Brown Rust Fairy Page 

Patch Spot nose Thread Patch Spot Patch Ring Number 

Eland Translaminar Preventative/Curative ✓ ✓ * ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 44 

Defender Mesostemic Protective/Curative ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 42 

Rayzor Contact Preventative/Curative ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 46 

Fusion Systemic Eradicant/Protective ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ * ✓ ✗ 43 

693 SDHI Systemic Curative/Protective ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ * ✗ ✗ ✗ 45 

PEST CONTROL 

Page 

Pesticide Activity Type Earthworms Nematodes 

Number 

Mascot Systemic Systemic Repellant ✓ ✗ 63 

Eagle Green Care Contact Protective/Curative ✗ ✓ 61 

SELECTIVE WEED CONTROL 

* Suppression 

Types of weed controlled 

Page 

Herbicide Activity Broad-leaved Ryegrass Brushwood Invasive Moss New* grass Number 

Greenor Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 50 

Junction Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 51 

Crossbar Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ 49 

Pivotal Translocated ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 53 

Icade Translocated ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ 48 

GreenForce ‡ Contact/Systemic ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ 60 

‡ Compound Fertilizer 

PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR 

*On new grass 8 weeks after sowing 

Application Activity 

Product Type Inhibits Lateral Seed Reduced Increased 

Vertical Stem Head Mowing Root Weed Page 

Growth Development Suppression Frequency Mass Control Number 

Maintain Bio Synthesis Inhibitor ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ 56 

0800 424919 38

TOTAL WEED CONTROL 

Types of Weed Controlled 

Herbicide Activity Broad-leaved Grasses Brushwood Total Stump Moss Aquatic Page 

regrowth 

Number 

Hi-Aktiv Amenity Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ 59 

Gallup Biograde Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ 57 

Discman Biograde Translocated/non-residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✓ 58 

Chikara Contact/residual ✓ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ 54 

Ecoplug Max Non-spray/Translocated ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 68 

MOSS CONTROL 

Areas of Use 

Page 

Herbicide Activity Tees & Greens Lawns Fairways Playing Areas Number 

Lawn Sand Contact/Residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 60 

Maxicrop No2 Contact/Residual ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 79 

GreenForce ‡ Contact/Systemic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 60 

SPECIALITY CHEMICALS 

Area 

Page 

Product of use Activity Number 

✗ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✓ 

✗ 

✗ 

✓ 

✗ 

Qualgex Removes algae and lichen from hard and artificial surfaces, timber, glass and tiles 40 

TriMate Tank mixable adjuvant that improves recovery and fungicide surface retention and leaf penatration 47 

Sward Tank mixable adjuvant for use with Mascot Systemic for enhanced suppression of earthworms 64 

Trailblazer Trio Spray pattern indicator/anti-drift agent/water conditioner 65 

Lineout Liquid foamer for use with spray ‘blob’ markers to identify spray swath treated areas 67 

Watercondition-R Improves performance of herbicides by reducing water hardness 66 

Clearspray Tank cleaner. Effective against all amenity pesticide residues, including glyphosate 66 

Foamcheck Defoaming of spray tank solutions. Especially suitable for wetting agents 67 

Ice Clean Ice removal from hard surfaces. Calcium Chloride alternative to rock salt and road grit 68 

39 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱QUALGEX 

A surface biocide for professional 

use against algae on external 

hard surfaces 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

QUALGEX➟ 

WHY 

❱ Fully HSE registered 

❱ Contains citric acid and penetrant to aid efficacy 

❱ Highly active and long lasting product 

❱ Rapid acting – results seen within 48 hours 

❱ Effective against all types of 

algae 

❱ Effective cleaning action which 

‘brightens’ surface 

❱ For best results, apply using an 

anvil type nozzle 

cell wall 

1. Unicellular algae 2. Qualgex spray penetrates cell 

wall, enters chloroplasts, kills 

chlorophyll and renders cell inactive 

chloroplasts 

Qualgex spray 

3. Algal cell is deactivated, 

photo synthesis ceases and 

the cell dies 

chlorophyll 

APPLICATION RATES 

Qualgex Water Area 

50 ml 1 litre 5m 2 

1 litre 20 litres 100m 2 

5 litres 100 litres 500m 2 

RECOMMENDED PERIOD OF USE 

Contains: Alkyl C12-C14 dimethyl 

benzylammonium chloride 9.5% 

+ Citric Acid + penetrant 

HSE No: 7716 

Pack size: 5 litres 

Pack coverage: 500 sq.m 

RT order code: 0488701/05 

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 

4. Dead algal cells 

detach from the 

surface 

How Qualgex works 

Qualgex is soluble in water, non-corrosive and 

safe to most surfaces so is an ideal maintenance 

product for local authorities, schools, commercial 

premises etc. Qualgex is one of the strongest products 

on the market and is a Health & Safety executive 

registered biocide. 

A unique feature of Qualgex is that unlike some other 

biocides, it is not de-activated by organic matter, 

consequently it will work effect ively on dirty surfaces 

such as paths that have not been kept clean. 

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use 

0800 424919 40

F U N G I C I D E S 

Three superb fungicides, 

one outstanding result! 

RAYZOR

ACTION➟ 

❱DEFENDER 

A broad spectrum fungicide 

displaying protective and curative 

activity against Fusarium Patch 

and Red Thread 

TRANSLAMINAR 

RAINFAST 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY DEFENDER 

❱ Ideal as part of an integrated tank-mix 

disease management programme 

❱ Gives broad spectrum fungal disease 

control including Fusarium Patch and 

Red Thread 

❱ Displays both preventative and curative 

activity due to its mesostemic mode of 

action 

❱ Fungal control still effective under cold 

conditions (not frost) 

❱ Excellent rainfast properties provide 

maximum effectiveness 

How Defender works 

Contains: 500g/kg (50% w/w) trifloxystrobin 

MAPP No: 14065 

Pack size: 700g and 140g 

Pack coverage: 10,000 sq.m (1ha) 



Equipment Defender Water Volume Area 

Vehicle Mounted 

Hydraulic Sprayer 

700g 400-500 litres 1 ha 




The best form of defence is attack! 

Red Thread 

Fusarium 

Defender is a strobilurin based fungicide that displays 

both protective and some curative activity against 

Fusarium Patch and Red Thread. It has a mesostemic mode 

of action, offering multiple benefits in terms of its distribution 

around the plant: 

Protects new growth: Though not transported within the 

xylem of the plant it still has local penetrant movement. 

Long lasting control: It is strongly attracted to lipids and so 

binds more easily to the cuticle and waxy layer of the plant 

leaf, so providing good rainfast properties. 

Excellent coverage: Can move by both vapour activity and 

surface moisture, so is re-distributed around the application 

point and also away from it. 

Translaminar properties: Can move across the leaf blade 

giving disease control on the opposite side of the leaf from 

where it has been applied. 

0800 424919 42

❱FUSION 

A contact and systemic fungicide 

with eradicant and preventative 

activity against most major turf 

diseases 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY FUSION 

❱ Controls Fusarium Patch, Red Thread, 

Dollar Spot, Anthracnose, Leaf Spot and 

Rust in amenity turf 

❱ Combination of trifloxystrobin and 

tebuconazole offers both contact and 

systemic activity 

❱ Wide window of application over the 

season – can be used any time of year 

❱ Low application rate gives cost effective 

control 

❱ Ideal as part of an integrated disease 

management programme 

Contains: 200g/l (18.2% w/w) 

tebuconazole and 

100g/l (9.1%) trifloxystrobin 


Pack size: 1 litre and 250ml 

Pack coverage: 10,000 sq.m (1ha) 

RT order code: 0632310/01 or /250. 


Equipment Fusion Water Volume Area 



1 litre 400-500 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 50ml 20-25 litres 500m 2` 




Fusarium 

Red Thread 

Dollar Spot 

Anthracnose 

Rust 

Leaf Spot 

How Fusion works 

Fusion is a dual action 

fungicide containing both 

trifloxystrobin and tebuconazole, 

offering both protective and some 

eradicant activity. 

This product has very good rainfast 

properties, provides long-lasting 

control and can be used all year 

round, even at very low temperatures 

providing the weather conditions are 

appropriate. 

Fusion can be used when grass is 

either dormant or actively growing, 

ideally applied prior to or 

immediately disease symptoms first 

appear. If grass is being mown, Fusion 

should be applied after cutting and 

further mowing should not take place 

until at least 48 hours after treatment. 

Alternate with a fungicide having a 

different mode of action. 

43 

www.rigbytaylor.com

ACTION➟ 

❱ELAND 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

TRANSLAMINAR 

➟ 

➟ 

A broad spectrum fungicide for the 

control of Fusarium Patch, Red 

Thread, Dollar Spot and other key 

diseases in managed amenity turf 

RAINFAST 

How Eland works 

The systemic properties of this exciting 

molecule allow Eland to move through the leaf 

and control disease both on its upper 

and on its lower surface. This unique 

activity protects both sides of the 

leaf within minutes of application. 

The spray deposit serves as a constant 

fungicide reservoir, releasing active 

ingredient to provide long-term 

protection….even when mowed off. Eland is 

especially suited to being applied as a preventative 

treatment, especially at times when turf disease 

pressure is high. It can also restrain mycelial growth 

and thereby provide additional curative activity. 

Improved sward appearance Treatments of Eland 

stimulate an increase in the plants capacity to 

convert nitrite to nitrate which improves the plants 

use of Nitrogen, resulting in the turf exhibiting an 

enhanced green colour. A further effect is a 

decrease in the release of ethylene, which leads to 

higher stress tolerance for the plant and is a major 

benefit during periods of drought. 

Contains: 200g/kg (20% w/w) 

pyraclostrobin 


Pack size: 250g bottle 

Pack coverage: 2,000 sq.m 



Equipment Eland Water Volume Area 

Vehicle Mounted 1.25kg 200 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 62.5g 25 litres 500m 2 




WHY ELAND 

❱ Latest generation strobilurin 

fungicide – can be used all year round 

❱ Increased persistence, wide spectrum 

of activity 

❱ Multi-site activity with long term efficacy 

❱ Rainfast 1 hour after application 

❱ Enhances appearance of the sward 

❱ Excellent turf safety 

Broad spectrum disease control 

Controls all major turf diseases 

Anthracnose 

Brown Patch 

Fairy Ring 

Fusarium Patch 

Snow Mould 

Leaf Spot 

Eland offers 

dual-sided leaf protection 

...with high level activity against: 

Melting Out 

Pythium Blight (Damping Off) 

Red Thread 

Rust 

Take-all Patch 

Dollar Spot suppression 

0800 424919 44

❱693 SDHI 

The first new chemical group to 

be launched into the UK turf 

fungicide market for 10 years 

WHY 693 SDHI 

❱ Excellent control of Fusarium Patch and 

Dollar Spot 

❱ Provides curative and preventative activity 

❱ Improves turf quality and playability 

❱ Drought stress reduction 

❱ Effective control under cool (not frost) conditions 

❱ Enhances turf colour 

❱ New element of integrated disease management 

programmes 

Brand new turf chemistry expertly 

engineered to target Microdochium Patch 

and Dollar Spot delivering first class disease 

management and proven health benefits 

Contains: Fluopyram 12.5 g/l, 

Trifloxystrobin 12.5 g/l 





Equipment 693 SDHI Water Volume Area 

Vehicle mounted 

Hydraulic sprayer 

10 litres 200-600 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 500ml 10-30 litres 500m 2 



How 693 SDHI works 

The SDHI in 693 DSHI is fluopyram, which is commonly 

referred to as an Acropetal Penetrant. Acropetal can 

penetrate plants through the roots, shoots and leaves. They 

form a protective barrier on the plant, permeate into the plant 

and move upwards (acropeteal) in the plant’s xylem. These 

fungicides have preventative and curative activity. 

Combined with the Stressgard Formulation Technology, a 

unique combination of active ingredients, inert ingredients and 

turf specific co-formulants all combine to assist the product 

performance under unique, turf disease stress conditions. The 

result is an upgrade in performance of the product, providing 

superior disease management, leading to visibly healthier turf. 


45 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱RAYZOR 

A broad spectrum contact 

fungicide with protectant activity 

against Fusarium Patch, Dollar 

Spot, Red Thread, and reduction of 

Anthracnose, Leaf Spot and Rust 

RAINFAST 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY RAYZOR 

❱ A dicarboximide fungicide for control of 

Fusarium Patch and Red Thread 

❱ Displays both preventative and curative 

activity 

❱ Ideal for use when grass growth is at its 

slowest 

❱ Formulation is rainfast in 1 hour 

❱ Dew build-up is reduced following 

application 

❱ Ideal as part of an integrated disease 

management programme 

Contains: 255g/l (25% w/w) iprodione 



Pack coverage: 10,000 or 2,500 sq.m 



How Rayzor works 

Red Thread 

Contact fungicides such as Rayzor can be applied 

throughout the year, though best results are achieved in the 

autumn-spring period when growth is at its slowest. Mowing 

after application however, will tend to remove the active 

ingredient and new growth will not be protected. 

Rayzor specifically controls Fusarium Patch (Microdochium 

nivale) and Red Thread (Laetisaria fuciformis). It can be 

applied only to golf greens, golf tees, and for patch 

treatment of up to 5% of fairways. 

Dew build-up is reduced after treatment 


Equipment Rayzor Water Volume Area 



20 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 200ml 5 litres 100m 2 




0800 424919 46

❱TRIMATE 

A stress relief and recovery agent 

for use with turf fungicides to 

maximize leaf surface retention, 

assist plants’ natural defences and 

stimulate recovery from damage 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY TRIMATE 

❱ Aid to recovery 

❱ Enhances fungicide leaf penetration 

❱ Maximises surface spray retention 

❱ Stimulates root growth 

❱ Excellent tank mix properties 

The perfect partner for RT fungicides 

How TriMate works 

TriMate is a unique combination of Amino Acids, 

Fulvic Acid, leaf penetrant and a foliar ‘sticking’ agent. 

The product has been formulated to aid the fast 

penetration of Amino Acids into the leaf whilst, at the 

same time, improving coverage on the leaf surface 

ensuring maximum surface retention of the spray. 

Designed to be used in tank mixes with a wide range of 

fungicides, TriMate’s combination of Amino and Fulvic 

Acids assists the plants natural defence mechanisms 

and stimulates root growth and recovery from damage, 

improving the performance of tank mixture 

components. 

Trimate can be used with most turf grass fungicides 

including Defender, Eland, Rayzor, Fusion and Fortify. 

Improve Disease 

Control 

Contains: A blend of polyoxyalkylene 

glycol surfactants and 

biostimulants 





Equipment TriMate Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 20 litres 500 litres 1 ha 




Enhance Plant 

Defences 

Stimulate Growth 

Recovery 

47 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

❱ICADE 

A selective herbicide for effective 

control of Japanese knotweed, 

hogweed and other tough weeds in 

amenity grassland 

RAINFAST 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY ICADE 

❱ Effective against tough and invasive weeds 

❱ Rainfast in 1 hour 

❱ Safe to grasses 

❱ Virtually no odour 

❱ Outstanding translocation to the 

weed roots 

*This product is covered by a 

Stewardship scheme which requires 

operators to be trained in the best use of Icade. 

Contact your RT representative or one of the company 

branches for details 

How Icade works 

Icade is a new and unique herbicide that will provide 

effective control against difficult to control and pernicious 

weeds such as Japanese knotweed, hogweed, rosebay willow 

herb and brambles. In a programme Icade has also shown good 

control of marestail and horsetail. It’s low odour makes it an 

ideal product to use in areas where public alarm may be 

generated by smells commonly associated with herbicide 

application, and being rainfast in 1 hour is a major benefit over 

glyphosate. 

Contains: 12 g/litre aminopyralid and 

120 g/litre of triclopyr 


Pack size: 1 litre 


RT order code: 0434105 


Equipment Icade Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 2-4 litres 200-400 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 150-200ml 10-20 litres 500m 2 




Icade is quickly 

transported throughout 

the target weed and is 

ideal for weed control 

in such areas as railway 

and motorway 

embankments, 

industrial areas, under 

powerlines, in 

cemeteries, utility areas 

and around 

groundsmen and 

greenkeeper sheds. 

0800 424919 48

➟ 

❱CROSSBAR 

An outstanding selective broadleaved 

herbicide for managed 

amenity turf and amenity 

grassland 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY CROSSBAR 

❱ Controls many difficult-to-kill turf weeds 

including Slender Speedwell and Yellow 

Suckling Clover 

❱ Contains three powerful active 

ingredients giving broad spectrum 

activity 

❱ Can be applied on newly sown turf 

2 months after sowing 

❱ Excellent grass safety 

Weeds controlled 

by Crossbar 

Chickweed, Common 

Clover, White 

Mouse Ear, Common 

Plantain spp 

Selfheal 

Sorrel, Common 

Contains: 105 g/l fluroxypyr (acid equivalent), 

285 g/l 2,4-D (acid equivalent) 

and 52.5 g/l dicamba 



Pack coverage: 1 hectare 


Daisy 

Dandelion 

Hawkweed, Mouse-ear 

Speedwell, Slender 

APPLICATION RATES – MANAGED AMENITY TURF & GRASSLAND 

Equipment Crossbar Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 2 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 


Maximum number of 2 applications per year 

APPLICATION RATES – NEWLY-SOWN AMENITY TURF & GRASSLAND 

Equipment Crossbar Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 0.95 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 


Maximum number of 2 applications per year 



Yarrow 

Yellow Suckling Clover 

How Crossbar works 

Buttercup, Creeping 

Cat’s Ear 

Crossbar contains three powerful active ingredients. 

Fluroxypyr belongs to the pyridine carboxylic acids group of 

chemicals and is active at very low dose rates and readily 

translocated through the target weeds. Dicamba and 2,4-D 

also work by interrupting plant hormone activity in 

susceptible weed species. 

New turf may be treated in the spring provided that at least 

two months have elapsed between sowing and treatment. 


49 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

❱GREENOR 

A new generation selective turf 

herbicide that kills a wide range of 

broad-leaved including white and 

yellow suckling clovers 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY GREENOR 

❱ Unique micro-emulsion technology 

increases herbicidal activity 

❱ Controls a wide range of common turf 

weeds 

❱ Can be used on new grass only two 

months after sowing 

❱ Does not scorch the plant leaves as with 

some other herbicides 

How Greenor works 

Unique technology – 

unique weedkilling ability 

Greenor is the result of more than five years research into 

micro-emulsion technology which increases herbicide 

activity, resulting in a more thorough kill with lower 

amounts of active ingredient. 

Greenor does not scorch the weed leaves, so there is no 

burnt appearance. Because it achieves effective 

translocation into the roots, a more thorough kill of the 

root occurs, so achieving a greater level of weed control. 

Greenor is a micro-emulsion formulation that has very low 

odour compared to other products. 

Contains: 40g fluroxypyr, 20g clopyralid, 

200g MCPA per litre 





Unique formulation – 

unique safety to fine turfgrasses 

This highly selective new generation herbicide has 

excellent grass safety. It is even recommended for use on 

new grass from as early as two months after sowing so the 

product can be used throughout the turf – even on worn 

patches that have recently been re-seeded. 


Equipment Greenor Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 4 litres 200-1,000 litres 1 ha 





0800 424919 50

➟ 

❱JUNCTION 

New generation herbicide specially 

formulated for contractors for 

regular maintenance control of 

weeds in sports, amenity turf and 

amenity grassland 

RAINFAST 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY JUNCTION 

❱ Unique micro-emulsion technology increases 

herbicidal activity 

❱ Controls a wide range of common turf weeds 

❱ Can be used on new grass only two months 

after sowing 

Area treated by 1 litre (sq.m) 

Junction 

Contains: Florasulam and 2,4-D 






Equipment Junction Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 1.2 litres 100-400 litres 1 ha 




How Junction works 

JUNCTION* TURF HERBICIDE uses 

the power of florasulam to reduce the 

overall amount of active ingredient 

applied as required by the Sustainable 

Use Directive (SUD). This not only 

minimises the active loading on the 

environment, but also reduces the 

amount of product needed to be 

carried to a job. The florasulam is 

combined with a low rate of 2,4-D, 

which broadens the weed 

spectrum of Junction. 

Junction has been cleverly 

formulated as a suspo-emulsion in 

water, allowing it to be applied in 100 

litres water per hectare. This markedly 

reduces the time needed to complete 

a spray operation. Junction can be 

applied after only 2 months to spring 

or summer sown turf. In addition, 

reseeding can be carried out just 4 

weeks after application. 

Turn right for more efficient weed control! 


51 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Mascot 

Hi-Aktiv Amenity 

$ 

A new generation 

high-level glyphosate 

▲ Contains 490 g/l glyphosate ▲ 

▲ Visible symptoms within 1 week ▲ 

▲ Up to 36% more herbicidal activity▲ 

▲ Can plant within 24 hours of application ▲ 

▲ Aquatic use recommendation ▲ 

▲With BEAT Technology▲

➟ 

❱PIVOTAL 

A liquid selective broad-leaved 

weed herbicide for the control of 

many annual and perennial weeds 

in grassland and managed amenity 

turf and amenity grassland 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY PIVOTAL 

❱ Excellent control of a wide range of 

broad-leaved weeds in grassland 

❱ Translocated to roots ensuring 

long-term control 

❱ No impact on grass growth following 

application 

❱ Rainfast in just two hours 

❱ Use in amenity grassland, 

e.g. airfields, railways, road 

embankments, paddocks 

Contains: 150g/l Triclopyr, 150g/l fluroxypyr 



Pack coverage: 2.5 ha 


How Pivotal works 

Pivotal contains two powerful active ingredients, 

fluroxpyr and triclopyr. 

Fluroxypyr belongs to the pyridine carbolic acid chemical group 

and is active at very low dose rates and is readily translocated 

through the target weed. Triclopyr is a systemic, foliar herbicide 

in the pyridine group. It is used to control broadleaf weeds while 

leaving grasses unaffected. 

Apply using a medium quality spray when weeds are actively 

growing, preferably before they begin to flower. Pivotal provides 

‘best in class’ control of difficult to control species as well as a 

huge range of broad-leaved weed species. Request the Pivotal 

‘RTechnical’ sheet for full listing. 

Example of weeds controlled by Pivotal 

Annual weeds Perennial weeds 

Chickweed Bramble 

Cleavers 

Broom 

Corn marigold Ground ivy 

Cranesbill 

Dandelion 

Field bindweed Docks 

Groundsel 

Nettles 

Medick 

Ribwort plantain 

APPLICATION RATE – Overall treatment 

Equipment Pivotal Water Volume Area 

Power sprayer 2 litres 200-400 litres 1 ha 

APPLICATION RATES – Knapsack 

Target Pivotal Water Volume Area 

General broad-leaved weeds 200ml 20 litres 1,000 sq.m 

Perennial weeds 300ml 20 litres 660 sq.m 

Established/Woody weeds 400ml 20 litres 660 sq.m 




53 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

❱CHIKARA 

WATER DISPERSABLE 

GRANULES 

A highly effective, broad-spectrum 

herbicide for tough weed 

situations. New shrub bed 

recommendation. 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY CHIKARA 

❱ Pre-emergent and early postemergent 

weed control on surfaces 

not intended to bear vegetation 

❱ Combines both contact and 

long-term residual action 

❱ Can be mixed with glyphosate to 

control emerged weeds 

❱ Low application rate for cost-effective 

control 

❱ Shrub bed and around amenity 

vegetation recommendation 

Contains: 25% w/w flazasulfuron (250g/kg) 


Pack size: 50g, 150g 

Pack coverage: 50g: 0.33ha 

150g: 1 hectare 

RT order code: 0488380/ 


Equipment Chikara Water Volume Area 

Power Sprayer 150g 200-600 litres 1 ha 

Knapsack Sprayer 15g 15 litres 1,000m 




How Chikara ® works 

Chikara is a systemic preemergent 

herbicide for the 

control of annual and perennial 

weeds on natural surfaces, 

including shrub beds, around 

established vegetation and 

permeable surfaces overlying 

soil, including gravel paths and 

parking areas. 

Chikara has a broad spectrum 

of herbicidal activity with 

control lasting up to 5 months 

against broad-leaved and 

grass weeds. Where weeds are 

established/emerged at the 

time of application always tank 

mix Chikara with an 

appropriate dose of an 

approved glyphosate 

formulation. 

Many affected weed seedlings 

will not emerge above soil level. 

Those that do will exhibit 

yellowing or reddening of the 

leaves and become necrotic 

and die shortly thereafter. 

Controls 

problem 

weeds for 

up to 5 

months 

Chikara may be used on any porous surface, 

where total weed control is required. 

Areas of use include Fence lines ✱ Strips of land adjacent to 

timber yards ✱ Around buildings ✱ Industrial sites ✱ Oil and gas 

storage sites ✱ Power stations ✱ Electric sub-station ✱ Beneath 

pylons ✱ Park obstacles and furniture. 

Due to the potential for run-off into surface waters Chikara must 

not be used on non-porous man-made surfaces, e.g. paved 

areas, concrete, tarmac car parks and footpaths. Chikara must 

not be used in or around amenity vegetation. 

0800 424919 54

Cost effective weed control – the real savings 

Chikara offers local authorities and contractors a positive way of reducing costs, 

whilst still maintaining effective weed control. 

Comparing the costs of season long control of weeds with Chikara, compared to 

multiple visits for strimming and/or repeat spray applications of glyphosate, there 

are potentially major savings to be made. 

Application/Operation 

Cost (average purchase/labour cost) 

1 x Chikara + glyphosate* spray treatment 4 pence/sq. metre 

3 x glyphosate only treatments 7 pence/sq. metre 

12 x strimming operations 84 pence/sq. metre 

Compared to strimming a massive saving of 0.80p/sq.metre or 

£8,000/hectare is achieved! 

* Required where there is existing vegetation 

Sustainable Use Directive 

Chikara applications: 

✳ Sustainable and integrated use of pesticides 

✳ Promotion of low input regimes 

✳ Reducing risks and impact on human health and the 

environment 

✳ Provisions to protect water 

Risk reduction 

✳ Cost effective and low risk 

alternative to repeat strimming 

or multiple glyphosate spraying 

✳ No HAV’s* to record 

✳ Low level active ingredient 

loading 

✳ HSE requires employers to 

reduce risk wherever possible 

✳ Full product support 

✳ Onsite training if required 

Avoid spray drift and treatment of 

shallow rooted specimens. Do not spray close 

to non-target vegetation, i.e valued trees, 

shrubs, shallow rooted plants and flower beds. 

Chikara is a LERAP B pesticide – do not allow 

spray from a knapsack to fall within 1 metre of 

the top of a bank of any static or flowing 

water body. Aim away from the water. 

Operational Benefits 

One application of Chikara can save 

repeated strimming visits to clear around 

obstacles, fence lines, headstones and 

similar situations. This represents good 

value for money and reduces operator 

exposure to hand/arm vibration (HAV) risk. 

Vegetation Management Case Study 

and Cost Comparison booklet 

available on request 0800 424 919 

55

❱MAINTAIN 

A plant growth regulator that 

produces a more dense, healthier 

sward and improved root mass. 

Can reduce the frequency of 

mowing operations 

WHY MAINTAIN 

❱ Improved sward density 

❱ Reduced mowing frequency 

❱ Increased root mass 

❱ Improved turf colour and strength 

❱ Enhanced resistance to stress 

❱ For difficult/hazardous to mow areas 

Maintain can 

help reduce 

mowing 

regimes 

and clippings 

by half! 

How to use Maintain 

Maintain is a management tool designed to allow a 

more flexible use of available labour and better deployment 

of limited resources, the reduction of fuel costs and machinery 

wear and, most importantly, produces superb turf. 

The action of Maintain redirects grass growth by specifically 

targeting the gibberellic acid site responsible for cell 

elongation. 

Such action not only inhibits vertical growth but diverts it 

downwards into the root system where it helps to produce 

and increase food reserves and lateral stem development. 

The result is the production of a thicker, healthier sward that 

allows turf to better withstand stress caused by temperature 

extremes, moisture loss, traffic and wear. An added benefit is 

that helps in the management of Poa annua. 

Contains: Trinexapac-ethyl 



Pack coverage: Variable 



Greens Tees Fairways & Amenity Rough & Semi-rough Winter Sports 

Frequency Every 2-4 week Every 3-5 weeks Every 4-6 weeks Every 5-8 weeks Every 4-6 weeks 

Height of cut 10mm 

Dose rate 0.2-0.4 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha up to 2.4 l/ha 0.8-1.6 l/ha 




Grass Growth Management 

Case Study and Cost 

Comparison booklet available 

on request 0800 424 919 

0800 424919 56

➟ 

❱GALLUP BIOGRADE 

AMENITY 

A foliar-applied translocated 

glyphosate herbicide for the 

control of emerged weeds in 

amenity and industrial situations, 

forestry and aquatic areas 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY GALLUP BIOGRADE AMENITY 

❱ Can be used any time of year when 

weeds are green and actively growing 

❱ Non-hazardous COSHH classification 

❱ Bio-degraded by soil micro-organisms 

❱ Can be used for aquatic weed control 

❱ BioEnhance Adjuvant Technology 

Aquatic Weed Control 

Gallup Biograde Amenity can be 

used for the control of waterside 

and emergent weeds including 

Reeds, Rushes, Sedges, Grasses and 

Watercress, and against the floating 

weeds White Water-lily and Yellow 

Water-lily. As with any aquatic 

herbicide, prior approval should be 

sought from appropriate authorities. 

How Gallup Biograde Amenity works 

The active ingredient glyphosate acts by blocking the 

plant's enzymatic system. The BEAT formulation ensures the 

herbicide is readily absorbed through the leaf cuticle and is able 

to circulate throughout the plant and 

right down to the roots. As a result not 

just the foliage but the whole of the plant 

is killed. 

Gallup Biograde Amenity is adsorbed 

easily onto the soil particles so does not leach and is also broken 

down by the soil bacteria into harmless natural substances. 


Contains: 360g/l (30.7% w/w) glyphosate 



Pack 

Uncropped land: 8,333-12,500 sq.m 

coverage: Forestry: 5,000-10,000 sq.m 

Aquatic: 8,333-10,000 sq.m 



Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and product information before use. 

57 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

❱DISCMAN CDA 

BIOGRADE 

A unique ready-to-use CDA 

glyphosate herbicide for control 

of emerged weeds in amenity and 

forest areas, and near water 

RAINFAST 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

WHY DISCMAN CDA BIOGRADE 

❱ Non-residual herbicide with a high 

concentration non-hazard glyphosate 

❱ Controls annual and perennial grasses 

and broad-leaved weeds 

❱ RTU – no water, no mixing, no overdosing 

❱ Unique non-irritant, biograde formulation 

giving greater efficacy 

❱ Low standard application rate – 7 litres/ha 

❱ Non-hazardous COSHH classification 

❱ Eliminator lance for easy application 

Contains: 216 g/l glyphosate 



Pack coverage: 5,000-7,142 sq.m 



Target Weed Discman Area 

CDA Biograde 

Light vegetation and annual weeds 7 litres 1 ha 

Established deep-rooted annuals, 

10 litres 

perennial grasses and broad-leaved weeds 

1 ha 

Forestry/woodlands: Before planting – to 

control broad-leaved and grass weeds 

8.5 litres 1ha 

How Discman CDA Biograde works 

Discman CDA Biograde is a breakthrough in formulation 

chemistry, being the first non-irritant high concentration 

glyphosate in Europe that has a full surfactant loading, BEAT, 

without using tallow amines. The formulation speeds up the 

penetration process and improves rainfastness by better 

adhesion on to the leaf surface. 

Consequently more glyphosate is able to 

penetrate into the plant tissue and 

translocate down to the roots resulting in a 

more rapid and effective kill of the weed. 

The high concentration of glyphosate (216g/l), linked to a low 

application rate, making it extremely effective and very cost 

efficient. 

Discman CDA Biograde can be used through the Eliminator 

Lance by simply connecting the herbicide bottle directly onto 

the lance. A peristaltic pump is built into the sprayer providing 

a consistent application rate with an optimum droplet size. 

The sprayer is self-calibrating so overdosing is eliminated. 

How to use Discman CDA Biograde 

Discman CDA Biograde must be applied with CDA 

equipment with an approved droplet spectrum (VMD min 200 

microns). Choose a disc with a spray pattern appropriate to 

the task in hand. 

Discman CDA Biograde may be used on land immediately 

adjacent to aquatic areas. 




0800 424919 58

➟ 

❱MASCOT HI-AKTIV 

AMENITY 

A high-loading glyphosate 

herbicide for control of annual and 

perennial grasses and most broadleaved 

weeds in amenity, industrial, 

forestry and aquatic areas 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

WHY MASCOT HI-AKTIV AMENITY 

❱ New generation BEAT system improves 

plant uptake to give excellent weed control 

❱ Ready to use advanced formulation giving 

36% more herbicidal activity per litre 

❱ Efficient uptake gives good long-term weed control 

❱ Can plant or cultivate from 24 hours after application for 

annual weeds, and 5 days for perennial weeds 

Aktiv against grasses and bracken 

How Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity works 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity is the first non-irritant, high 

concentration glyphosate in Europe with full surfactant loading. This 

BEAT technology combines new standards of perform ance whilst 

being more environmentally friendly than other more traditional formulations. 

Mascot Hi-Aktiv Amenity can be used in a variety of situations including around 

buildings, industrial sites, on pavements, public paths and roadway verges and for site 

preparation. Can also be applied at low water volumes. It can be used in land 

preparation for planting, for cleaning-up around trees, for cut stump application and 

by stem injection. 

Hi-Aktiv Amenity can also be used to control a variety of aquatic weed species – 

waterside weeds, emergent weeds (including Reeds, Rushes, Sedges, Grasses and 

Watercress) and floating weeds (White Water-lily and Yellow Water-lily). 


Contains: 490g/l (660g/l IPA) glyphosate 



Pack coverage: Uncropped land: 1.14 -4.55 ha 

Forestry: 

0.68-2.27 ha 

Aquatic: 

1.14-1.35 ha 


✱ Application rates for Forestry, Industrial and Amenity situations are too 

extensive to show here. Please refer to the product label. 



Aktiv against annuals, perennials and aquatic weeds 

59 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Rigby Taylor 

❱LAWN SAND 

Micronised, dual 

Triple action 

80g 1m 2 

action fertilizer and 

micronised 

moss control with 

feed, weed and 

rapid green up 

moss killer 

WHY MICRONISED LAWN SAND 

❱ Dual action fertilizer and moss control, 

giving a rapid green-up 

❱ Grass growth encouraged to infill bare 

areas left after moss control 

❱ Acidifying effect helps deter earthworm 

casting 

❱ Ferrous sulphate will help harden turf 

against turf grass diseases 

e.g. Fusarium Patch 

❱ No requirement for PA Certificate 

How Lawn Sand works 

Micronised Lawn Sand is a mini-granular lawn sand 

formulation for moss control in sports and amenity turf 

areas, and domestic gardens. Control moss and 

promotes turf growth which will then rapidly infill the bare 

areas left after moss removal. 

WHY GREENFORCE 

❱ Triple action fertilizer – weed and moss 

control, plus a rapid green-up 

❱ Grass will rapidly regrow to fill bare 

areas left after weed and moss removal 

❱ Acidifying effect helps deter earthworm 

casting 

❱ Will help harden turf against turf grass 

diseases e.g. Fusarium Patch and 

enhance colour 

❱ No requirement for PA certificate 

How GreenForce works 

Greenforce is a micronised compound fertilizer for 

weed and moss control in sports, amenity turf areas and 

domestc gardens. Controls problem weeds, moss and 

promotes turf growth which will then rapidly infill the 

bare areas left after moss removal. 

Contains: 14.1% FeSO 4 

Contains: 10-2-4 NPK + dicamba + 


mecoprop-P + 14.1% FeSO 4 

Pack size: 20 kg bag 



Pack size: 15 kg bag 




APPLICATION RATE 

APPLICATION RATE 

Equipment Rigby Taylor Lawn Sand Area 

Equipment GreenForce Area 

800 kg 1 ha 

200 kg 1 ha 

Any suitable fertilizer spreader 40 kg 500m 2 

Any suitable fertilizer spreader 10 kg 500m 2 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

❱ GREENFORCE 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

20g 1m 2 



0800 424919 60

❱EAGLE GREEN CARE 

The only CRD approved nematicide 

in the UK for protecting golf 

greens, soccer pitches and all 

sports and amenity turf 

WHY EAGLE GREEN CARE 

❱ Laboratory test have shown rapid kill of 

all plant parasitic nematodes 

❱ Significantly reduces ectoparasitic and 

endoparasitic nematodes in turf 

❱ Available now in both liquid and 

granular formulations 

Spiral nematode damage 

The nematodes use their feeding 

spear (stylet) to pierce plant root 

cells and feed on cell contents 

APPLICATION RATES – Liquid formulation applied at 50ml/sq.m 

Equipment Eagle Green Care Water Volume 

Hand Sprayer/Watering Can 400ml 10 litres 

Tractor Sprayer 

Prepare at 4% v/v dilutions 

APPLICATION RATES – Granular formulation 

Equipment Eagle Green Care Area 

Rotary spreader 12kg 1,000 sq.m 

Rootzone incorporation 24kg 1,000 sq.m 


Contains: Polysulphides 

MAPP No: Liquid: 14989 

Granule: 17233 

Pack size: Liquid: 5 litres 

Granule: 20kg 

Pack coverage: Liquid: 2,500 sq.m 

Granule: 833-1,666 sq.m 

RT order code: Liquid: 0525001/05 

Granule: 0525001/020 



How Eagle Green Care works 

Damage to sports and amenity turf by plant parasitic 

nematodes is a major problem. The symptoms are severe 

chlorosis, leading to turf loss. 

Reducing nematode populations can quickly promote an 

increase in turf quality and performance. Currently Eagle Green 

Care is the only nematicide in the UK that is approved for use on 

sportsfields and amenity turf areas. 

Eagle Green Care contains polysulphides which react with 

enzymes in animal cells and have a potent effect against insect 

eggs and plant parasitic nematodes. It kills all types of 

nematodes on contact. 

The liquid formulation is applied as a drench to penetrate the turf 

surface where nematode-induced damage is apparent, or 

nematode population in soil exceeds the desired thresholds. 

The granular formulation, when applied during seeding or on 

established turf, must be irrigated-in to activate it’s ingredients. 

This ensures longer term activity. Alternatively, the granules can 

be mixed with the root zone during construction. 

If in doubt seek expert advice from your local Rigby Taylor 

representative. 

61 

www.rigbytaylor.com

It’s what’s underneath 

that counts 

Mansfield Sand 

and Rigby Taylor; 

the winning team 

that gets results 

Mansfield Sand is the name behind the playing surfaces at some of the 

most well known sporting arenas in the UK - from football and rugby 

stadiums and training grounds; right through to championship golf 

courses and leading equestrian venues - Mansfield Sand create playing 

surfaces to be proud of. 

• Silica-sands (med-coarse, med & med-fine) 

• Rootzones (sand-soil or sand-green compost) 

• Fibresand (fibre-reinforced sand + rootzones) 

• Fibrelastic (dual-fibre-reinforced rootzone) 

For more information about our product range, or to benefit from 

FREE technical advice from a team of experts, or for a FREE no 

obligation site survey - contact your area Rigby Taylor representative. 

Rigby Taylor Limited 

Tel: Freefone 0800 424919 

Email: sales@rigbytaylor.com 

www.rigbytaylor.com 

www.mansfield-sand.co.uk

❱MASCOT SYSTEMIC 

Worm cast suppression 

in amenity turf 

WHY MASCOT SYSTEMIC 

❱ Beneficial non-casting worms are 

largely unaffected 

❱ Rain or irrigation following application 

will not reduce effectiveness 

❱ Safe to a wide range of turfgrass 

species 

How Mascot Systemic works 

Its action is primarily via ingestion; there is some 

growth retardation and an effect on egg production. The 

major impact is to cause reduced feeding, with plant litter 

and ‘thatch’ becoming repellent to the earthworms, 

resulting in the avoidance of feeding on treated areas. 

In this way the beneficial worm species which do not 

surface feed will largely be unaffected. 

Aerate compacted soils prior to treatment to aid 

penetration. Enhanced suppression is obtained if grass is 

cut prior to application. For best suppression repeat 

treatment 1 month after initial application. 

Contains: 500g per litre carbendazim 






Equipment Systemic Water Volume Area 

Power sprayer 4.0 litres 500-1000 litres 1 ha 

– Systemic can be tank-mixed with approved formulations of 

chlorpyriphos for Crane Fly control. 

– For difficult-to-wet soils tank-mixing with Sward will enhance 

suppression. 

– In hard water areas, a water conditioner such as contained in 

Trailblazer, should be used to reduce pH of water. 




63 

www.rigbytaylor.com

ACTION➟ 

❱SWARD 

A soil adjuvant for use with 

approved carbendazim-containing 

earthworm suppression products 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

TRANSLAMINAR 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY SWARD 

❱ Increases longevity of earthworm control 

❱ Soil penetrant carries product through 

the thatch layer 

❱ Assists movement of the carbendazim 

through the soil profile, so improving 

earthworm suppression 

❱ Low application rate for cost effective use 

❱ Fully CRD approved adjuvant 

60 

50 

40 

30 

Number of casts per sq.m on heavy soil, golf course fairway, 

after treatment applied mid-October 

Water 

Carbendazim 

20 

10 

0 

NOVEMBER DECEMBER JANUARY FEBRUARY 

Carbendazim 

+ 

Sward 

Contains: 400 g/l ethylene oxide-propylene 

oxide copolymers ( EAC 1) and 

58.1 g/l trisiloxane organosilicone 

copolymers (EAC 2) 

ADJ No: AO7147 


Pack coverage: 500 litres spray volume 



Water 

Water 

Sward Volume Sward Volume 

40 ml 20 litres 200 ml 100 litres 

100 ml 50 litres 500 ml 250 litres 

How Sward works 

Adjuvants are materials that can be tank-mixed with 

pesticides to enhance their performance, though they 

themselves do not have any pesticidal activity. 

Sward is formulated for use as a tank-mix with approved 

carbendazim-containing products, such as Mascot Systemic, 

and is a fully CRD approved adjuvant. The effectiveness of 

carbendazim in suppressing worms is very much linked to its 

availability to worms. Sward enables the carbendazim to 

penetrate through the thatch layer and move further down 

into the soil profile. 




0800 424919 64

❱TRAILBLAZER TRIO 

A spraying aid that highlights 

spray overlap and missed areas – 

contains an anti-drift agent with 

added water softener which 

reduces potential for poor 

pesticide performance 

WHY TRAILBLAZER TRIO 

❱ Now contains water conditioners 

❱ Dissolves in minutes to colour the spray 

solution blue for easy identification 

❱ Highlights overlapping and missed areas, 

uneven spray patterns and blocked nozzles 

❱ The blue colour is temporary, does not 

permanently stain vegetation, soil or skin 

and washes off easily 

❱ Drift and volatilisation is reduced 

❱ Compatible with most amenity pesticides – 

ideal partner for Glyphosate 

Without Trailblazer Trio up to 

20% wastage 

With Trailblazer Trio spray drift 

controller 

How Trailblazer Trio works 


Pack coverage: Makes 1,000 litres of spray 

solution 



Formulation Trailblazer Trio Spray Solution 

Liquid 20-50ml 20 litres 

1-2.5 litres 1,000 1000 litres 


When spraying a pesticide or liquid fertilizer to 

achieve an effective result, accurate application is 

essential. Trailblazer Trio can help the operator 

achieve this. The blue dye in Trailblazer Trio helps to 

indicate missed or overlapped areas, highlight the 

problem of spray drift as well as indicating leaks in 

spray equipment. 

Trailblazer Trio contains two chemical water 

conditioners. The first is an acid that dissolves the 

carbonates in the spray solution and reduces their 

ability to react with pesticides. Trailblazer Trio also 

contains water softeners – these are widely used in the 

water treatment industry to neutralise cations so they 

are not able to further react with pesticides. 

65 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱WATER - 

CONDITION-R 

❱CLEARSPRAY 

Acidifies and reduces water 

hardness 

WHY WATERCONDITION-R 

❱ Improves performance of pesticides and 

micronutrients 

❱ Softens Irrigation water 

❱ Use in knapsacks and boom sprayers 

❱ Ideal for use with glyphosate, selective 

herbicides, foliar nutrients, liquid fertilizer 

and fungicides 

How Watercondition-R works 

This product has 3 modes of action: 

Spray tank cleaner that removes 

residues of all amenity pesticides, 

including glyphosate 

WHY CLEARSPRAY 

❱ Effective against all amenity pesticide 

residues, including total herbicides such 

as glyphosate 

❱ For all spray tank cleaning operations on 

all equipment types 

How Clearspray works 

Effective spraying relies on clean spray equipment which is 

free from residue build-up. The powerful blend of detergents in 

Clearspray removes pesticide deposits and other oily 

substances from tanks, filters, booms, hoses and nozzles. 

1. An acid that dissolves the carbonates in the spray solution and 

reduces the ability to react with pesticides or micronutrients. 

2. Water softeners – widely used in the water treatment industry to 

neutralise carbonates so they are not able to further react with 

pesticides or micronutrients. 

3. A buffer that regulates the pH of the spray tank or irrigation 

solution to a slightly acidic solution. Ideal for nutrient and pesticide 

uptake by the plant. 

By conditioning water prior to addition of pesticide or nutrients 

antagonism from impurities in the water are removed and the 

products are applied in a pH of approximately 5.0 which optimizes 

uptake. 

Use of Condition-R should be part of normal practice on every 

spray application to enhance performance. 




Pack size: 

Dose Rate : 

5 litres 

250-500ml per 100 litres 

spray water 




Spray tank Capacity 

Clearspray 

20 litres 100ml 

100 litres 500ml 

250 litres 1.25 litres 

500 litres 2.5 litres 


0800 424919 66

❱LINEOUT 

❱ FOAMCHECK 

Highly visible foam bout marker 

that allows operators to mark 

out treated areas 

WHY LINEOUT 

❱ Stable and highly visible foam 

❱ Quickly dissipates following spray 

application 

❱ Safe to grass sward 

❱ Compatible with all types of equipment 

How Lineout works 

Lineout is an effective and 

economical answer to the problem of 

spray overlapping and missed areas. 

Lineout produces a distinctive 

temporary covering of small foam 

blobs that enables sprayed areas to 

be marked out accurately but which 

quickly dissipate. The highly visible 

and stable foam produced is 

effective at marking treated areas, so 

reducing the risk of overlapping. Optical brighteners have also 

been added to Lineout to increase the visibility of markers in 

twilight periods. 

Spraying aid withfast action 

against products that foam when 

filling spray tank, especially 

effective with wetting agents 

WHY FOAMCHECK 

❱ Rapid de-foaming action 

❱ Especially effective when using wetting 

agents 

❱ Reduces spray tank filling time 

How Foamcheck works 

Excessive foam production can be a problem when 

preparing amenity sprays, particularly when using highly 

concentrated solutions or those that contain surfactants 

e.g. wetting agents. Whilst the foam itself is generally harmless, it 

may give problems in preventing spray tanks from being filled 

properly or the equipment being accurately calibrated. 

When Foamcheck is added to the spray tank, forces of 

attraction within the foam are broken and the surface tension 

of the solution is significantly reduced, resulting in rapid foam 

knockdown whilst also preventing the build-up of further foam. 








Lineout 

Water Volume 

1 part 125 parts 



Spray Tank Capacity 

Foamcheck 

300-400 litres 1-2 squirts 


67 

www.rigbytaylor.com

➟ 

❱ECOPLUG MAX 

❱ICE CLEAN 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟➟ 

➟ 

Simple, non-spray method of tree 

stump regrowth control 

WHY ECOPLUG MAX 

❱ The new effective way to solve a 

‘growing’ problem 

❱ Each Ecoplug Max contains 300mg of 

formulated glyphosate herbicide 

How EcoPlug Max works 

Ecoplug Max provides a simple and effective way to kill the 

root system of tree stumps with no effect on surrounding trees. The 

plug contains a herbicide, which is enclosed within a plug. When 

inserted into the tree stump, the herbicide is released which results 

in the kill of the entire root system. Because the herbicide is 

contained within the tree stump, it has no effect on surrounding 

trees or vegetation and, will not affect humans, animals or the 

wider environment. 

Ecoplug Max has a high efficacy rating of 95-100% and its 

selective method of herbicide release will reduce the use of 

chemicals by 90%, compared to traditional methods. 

Fast and clean alternative to 

rock salt and road grit that 

prevents and removes ice from 

frozen hard surfaces 

WHY ICE CLEAN 

❱ A fast and clean alternative to the 

traditional use of rock salt and road grit 

❱ Effective down to -30°C for up to 48 

hours 

❱ Generates heat on contact with ice by 

way of an exothermic reaction 

❱ Will not stain shoes or carpets – just 

vacuum away any excess 

How Ice Clean 

works 

Because Ice Clean is 99% pure 

Calcium Chloride it is the best 

available de-icer and snow melt 

material available and is 30 

times more efficient, and faster, 

than rock salt. 

Ice Clean is suitable for all 

applications on hards surfaces 

where snow and ice form, but 

unlike salt it will not stain or 

leave dirty marks on shoes and 

carpets. Any residue should 

simply be vacuumed away. 

Contains: 300mg glyphosate (each plug) 


Pack size: Box of 100 plugs 

RT order code 9979934 

Use plant protection products safely. Always read the label and 

product information before use. 

Contains: 

Pack sizes: 

99% Calcium Chloride 

20 kg, 12 kg and 

1.25 kg shaker packs 

RT order code: 20 kg 0105080/20 

12 kg 0105080/12 

1.25 kg 0105080/001 

Use plant protection products safely. 

Always read the label and product information before use. 

0800 424919 68

“ 

Renovation of the cricket fields begin 

the first week of September and the 

fields are overseeded with Rigby Taylor’s R9 

‘Ultra Fine’ rye mixtures on the wicket and 

R4 ‘Species Rich’ mixtures in the outfield. 

“We get excellent early establishment with 

these two mixtures, which allows rapid root 

and shoot development and good colour. 

Following germination we apply the 

biostimulate Activate R (liquid and 

” 

granules) to boost root development 

James Mead 


Rugby School 

69

SPECIALITIES 

WETTING AGENTS 

Propel-R 

HydroPro-2 

Breaker BioLinks 

Breaker Dynamic 

Breaker Dynamic Granules 

Breaker Dynamic Tablet 

Breaker Fairway 

Breaker Curative 2 

Penetr8-R 

IRONS 

Magnet Velocite 

Magnetize 

Magnet Dynamic Lite 

Iron Complex 

Liquid Iron 

Soluble Iron 

Mosquito 

ROOTZONE IMPROVERS 

Integrate Plus 

Profile Greens Grade 

Profile Field & Fairway 

Alize 

NUTRIENT SUPPLEMENTS 

Cal-Form 

K-Form 

Mag-Form 

Phos-Form 

Manganaze 

Amino-Form LX 

MicroDyne 

Minor-8T 

BIO/MICROBIAL STIMULANTS 

Activate R 

Activate-XL 

BLACK LAYER TREATMENTS 

Blockade -LX 

Blockade 2000 

SEAWEED TREATMENTS 

Maxicrop 

Seaweed Compact 

SeaQuest 

OTHER TREATMENTS 

Spike 

Dew-T Dew Dispersant 

Redewcer 

Photon 

0800 424919 70

www.rigbytaylor.com 

71 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ ➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Page 

Number 

104 

111 

106 

108 

108 

108 

108 

110 

112 

97 

98 

98 

99 

99 

100 

100 

92 

94 

94 

96 

82 

84 

85 

86 

88 

89 

90 

87 

74 

76 

72 

73 

79 

80 

81 

103 

114 

113 

101

❱BLOCKADE-LX 

A specially formulated product for 

the treatment of Black Layer in 

sports and amenity turf 

WHY BLOCKADE-LX 

❱ Improved activated Carbon adsorbs 

harmful gases 

❱ Contains a rooting bio-stimulant 

❱ Enzymatic system degrades the 

anaerobic materials in the Black Layer 

❱ Highly active due to the soil penetrant 

which moves the activated Carbon into 

the Black Layer 

❱ Can be used to treat spillages of oil and 

other toxic materials 

How Blockade-LX works 

Blockade-LX liquid treatment has a four-way mode of 

action: 

✱ An enzymatic system directly degrades the protective film 

covering anaerobic bacteria in the black layer, restricting 

their production of toxic gas and relieving turf stress. 

✱ Contains activated Carbon which is highly effective in 

adsorbing Hydrogen Sulphide and Methane in the soil. 

The bad smell is lessened and toxicity reduced, so roots 

can continue growing. 

✱ Rooting bio-stimulants allow the plant to re-colonise. 

✱ Contains a soil penetrant to move the Carbon into the 

black layer which is usually sub-surface. 

Contains: Activated carbon, rooting 

bio-stimulants, soil penetrant and 

an enzymatic system 


Pack coverage: 500-1,000 sq.m 


Tank mixing recommendations are shown on page 116 


Programme Blockade LX Water Volume Area 

PREVENTATIVE: Up to four 5 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

applications depending on the minimum 

potential for Black Layer formation 

CURATIVE: Two to three 10 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

applications in conjunction with 

minimum 

mechanical aeration between 

early autumn and late spring 

Black Layer before 

treatment with 

Blockade-LX 

Black Layer 7 days 

after treatment, 

plus aeration 

THE PROCESS OF BLACK LAYER PRODUCTION 

Iron and Sulphur in the soil and a lack of Oxygen 

Black Layer 21 days 

after treatment, 

plus aeration 

Action of anaerobic bacteria on Sulphur produces Hydrogen Sulphide gas (rotten egg smell) 

OIL SPILLAGES: It is essential oil 10 litres 50 litres 500m 2 

spillages are treated quickly after 

minimum 

their occurrence for optimum results 




0800 424919 72 

Hydrogen Sulphide reacts with Iron 

producing Black Layer (Iron Sulphide) 

Prevents air and water movement in soil profile 

Free Hydrogen Sulphide gas 

Toxic to root growth

❱BLOCKADE 2000 

An advanced granular product for 

Black Layer treatment and to 

improve seed establishment 

WHY BLOCKADE 2000 

❱ Improved activated carbon adsorbs poisonous gases 

❱ Contains a rooting bio-stimulant 

❱ Enzymatic system degrades the anaerobic materials 

in the Black Layer 

❱ Highly active due to the soil penetrant 

which moves the activated carbon 

into the Black Layer 

❱ Can be used to treat spillages of oil 

and other toxic materials 

Contains: Activated carbon, rooting biostimulants, 

soil penetrant, an 

enzymatic system and Profile† 

ceramic soil amendment 

Pack size: 20kg box 

Pack coverage: 250-500 sq.m (Black Layer 

treatment) 

1,000 sq.m (Over-seeding 

treatment) 


How Blockade 2000 works 

The efficacy of Blockade 2000 is due to its unique 

formulation and the manufacturing method which produces a 

fully built, homogenous end product. Profile, a ceramic soil 

amendment is present as a carrier, with each particle having 74% 

pore space with a high level of air space. This in its own right will 

help to restore aerobic conditions in the Black Layer. 

The Profile carries the soil penetrant, plant hormones and 

enzymatic system designed to degrade the Black Layer. 

Activated carbon is then mixed into the formulation. The large 

surface area enables the activated Carbon to adsorb and 

render inactive the Hydrogen Sulphide gas in the Black Layer 

quickly and effectively. Methane gas is also adsorbed. 

Blockade 2000 may be applied at any time of the year as a 

preventative or curative treatment, and to improve seed 

establishment when over-seeding. 


Black Layer Blockade 2000 Area Treated 

PREVENTATIVE: Up to four 20kg 500m 2 

applications depending on the 

potential for Black Layer formation 

CURATIVE: Two to three 40kg 500m 2 

applications in conjunction with 

mechanical aeration between 

early autumn and late spring 

Over seeding Blockade 2000 Area Treated 

Apply in conjunction with 10 kg 500 sq.m 

normal over-seeding operations 




26% 

SOLIDS 35% 

AIR 

39% 

WATER 

The Profile Particle 

Profile blended with sand or soil increases 

the water and nutrient holding pores as 

well as increasing the air and drainage 

pores. It works continuously in the soil to 

solve and prevent problems associated 

with compaction, poor drainage and 

poor water and nutrient retention. 

73 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱ACTIVATE R 

A specially formulated 

biostimulant that increases 

rooting and plant health, 

resulting in a vigorous sward 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

WHY ACTIVATE R 

❱ Contains ERD which improves root 

development 

❱ Contains Humic Acids, which improve 

rooting depth and rejuvenates soil 

structure 

❱ Contains plant growth hormones that 

improve root and shoot development 

❱ Improves nutrient retention in the rootzone 

❱ Increases plant health, rooting, seed 

germination and establishment 

❱ Contains a wide range of chelated trace 

elements improving turf colour and health 

❱ Increases winter shoot density 

Contains: Humic acid, growth promoting 

hormones, trace elements and 

a soil penetrant 





How Activate R + ERD works 

Enhanced Root Developer 

(ERD) is a synergistic complex 

which greatly assists grass root 

development. 

Increased 

auxin synthesis 

Increased uptake and 

retention of all nutrients 

Improved light 

absorption 

and conversion 

Greater root mass 

and length 

Higher chlorophyll, 

carotenoid and 

plastoquinone levels 

Increased growth rate, 

improved nutrient 

uptake, greater stress 

tolerance 


Area of use Activate R Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 0.5 litres Min. 25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 1.5 litres Min. 75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 10 litres Min. 500 litres 1 ha 




The overall effects of the ERD 

complex on the plant biochemical 

activities are an increase in root mass 

and vigour, enabling the plant to 

improve nutrient uptake and have a 

greater tolerance to stress 

0800 424919 74

Humic Acid Improves rooting depth and rejuvenate soil structure 

These are a group of compounds created by the degradation of organic matter and are a portion of natures biological processes. 

Those in Activate R are sourced from Leonardite (Potassium Humate), one of the most active sources of available Humic Acid. 

Humic Acid increases nutrient retention in all soils but is especially important on USGA or high sand sports turf constructions where 

nutrient exchange sites are low. Due to the Potassium source and its very high CEC, Activate R helps to fix Potassium in the soil, making 

it available for plant uptake especially during the winter. 

Combined with the soil penetrant, Humic Acid restructures the soil by altering/rearranging the soil platelets making the soil more friable, 

increasing air spaces and increasing water penetration. Humic Acid has a high Carbon content which slowly decomposes into carbon 

molecules providing a slow release microbial food source. 

Growth Promoting Hormones Improves root and shoot development 

The cold water enzymatic, extracted plant growth hormones and 

betaines help the plant with increased rooting and vigour. These 

growth promoting hormones, combined with the simple plant sugars, 

improve seed germination and establishment. The unique low 

temperature granulation process ensures none of these vital 

ingredients are destroyed during the manufacturing process. 

Micro-Nutrients Improve colour and health 

Activate R contains a micro-nutrient (trace element) package 

including Magnesium, Copper, Boron, Manganese, Molybdenum 

and Zinc. All the micro-nutrients contained are EDTA chelated for 

maximum plant uptake. 

Soil Penetrant For greater efficiency 

ROOT MASS 

+21% 

ROOT LENGTH 

+32% 

This ensures that the vital ingredients are moved into the rootzone 

where they are used most effectively. +32% 

❱ACTIVATE R GRANULES 

All the attributes of Activate R liquid in a granular form. 

Contains: Humic acid, growth promoting 

hormones, trace elements and 

a soil penetrant 

Pack size: 20kg 




Area of use Activate R Granules Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 10kg 500m 2 

Bowling greens 30kg 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 200kg 1 ha 




75 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱ACTIVATE-XL 

A specially developed microbial 

biostimulant that boosts microbial 

populations, increases rooting and 

plant health and helps to degrade 

thatch even in cold temperatures 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

WHY ACTIVATE-XL 

❱ Simple plant sugars provide carbo hydrates which increase 

microbial growth and activity resulting in an immediate 

energy source 

❱ Plant growth hormones and trace elements improve root 

and shoot development 

❱ Contains garlic extract biostimulant for 

root production 

❱ Increases plant health, rooting, seed 

germination and establishment 

❱ Advanced cold temperature enzyme system 

helps degrade thatch 

❱ Improves water-holding capacity of the soil 

and drought tolerance 

Foliar uptake 

Plant growth hormones 

and a wide range of 

micro-nutrients improve 

root and shoot 

development 

Root uptake 


Contains: Plant sugars, growth promoting 

hormones, cellulytic enzymes, trace 

elements and a soil penetrant 





Area of use Activate XL Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 0.5 litres 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 1.5 litres 45-75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 10 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 




Leaves and roots 

before 

Leaves and roots 

after 

0800 424919 76

Simple Plant Sugars increase microbial activity 

and summer stress tolerance 

The simple plant sugars in Activate-XL provide soil microbes with a readily 

available food source, rapidly increasing their population and activity. 

After an application of Activate-XL the plant roots exude carbohydrates. 

This provides an energy source for the mycorrhizal fungi and rhizosphere 

bacteria that live in a close, mutually beneficial relationship with the plant. 

In exchange for an energy supply the mycorrhizal fungi provide the plant 

with a supply of nitrate and phosphate. This symbiotic relationship is 

essential for a healthy sward. The plant sugars are rapidly absorbed and 

assim ilated by the plant cells providing an immediate energy source. 

Growth Promoting Hormones Improved root and 

shoot development 

The cold-water enzymatic extracted plant growth hormones and betaines 

in Activate-XL help increase rooting and vigour. These hormones, combined 

with the simple plant sugars, help to improve seed establishment. 

Trials through spring to late autumn over 2 

seasons have shown that in combination with 

aeration Activate-XL can improve thatch 

reduction by over 34% above aeration alone 

Thatch layer 

Trace Elements Improve colour and health 

Activate-XL contains a micro-nutrient (trace element) package including 

Magnesium, Copper, Boron, Manganese, Molybdenum and Zinc. All the 

micro-nutrients contained are EDTA chelated for maximum plant uptake. 

Soil Penetrant For greater efficiency 

The soil penetrant package in Activate-XL ensures that the vital ingredients 

are moved into the rootzone where they are used most effectively. 

Cellulytic Enzymes For Thatch reduction 

Activate-XL contains an enzyme system that is designed to help in 

degrading thatch in conjunction with mechanical aeration and thatch 

removal. These cellulytic enzymes attack cellulose and hemi-cellulose, 

which are the structural comp onents of thatch. The new enzyme system is 

now active under lower soil temperatures. 

❱ACTIVATE-XL GRANULES 

All the attributes of Activate-XL liquid in a granular form. 

Contains: Plant sugars, growth promoting 

hormones, trace elements, 

cellulytic enzymes and soil 

penetrant on a lignite base 

granule 





Area of use Activate XL Granules Area 







77 

www.rigbytaylor.com

“Maxicrop Seaweed Extract produced 

a 50% increase in leaf area 

by more early formed 

tillers.....Perennial ryegrass root dry 

weight almost trebled after 5 

weeks following Maxicrop treatment. 

It was concluded this 

improved root development gives 

the plant a greater potential to 

increase nutrient uptake.” 

UNIVERSITY OF WALES (ABERYST- 

WYTH) 

The groundwork is crucial 

when you’re claiming the earth 

“Ascophyllum nodosum based seaweed 

extract enhanced root development 

of grasses grown under 

moisture stress, leading to better 

top growth.” 

VIRGINIA STATE UNIVERSITY 

“Maxicrop produced a 150% 

improvement in shoot weight, 

largely by increasing the number of 

tillers.....Maxicrop had a positive 

effect on improving root growth of 

creeping bent cultivars.” 

WRITTLE COLLEGE 

“There was clear evidence of 

increased plant growth seen following 

treatment with Maxicrop, which 

significantly improved ryegrass 

cover over a four month period 

ensuring almost double the number 

of established plants.” 

HENRY DOUBLEDAY RESEARCH 

ASSOCIATION 

“Treatment with Maxicrop gave a 

fourfold increase in leaf chlorophyll 

content six weeks after use.” 

UNIVERSITY OF PORTSMOUTH 

Maxicrop 

® 

The first name in seaweed science 

Now sold exclusively in 

mainland UK by 

Rigby Taylor Limited, 

Bolton, Lancs BL6 5HP. 

Tel: (01204) 677777. 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MAXICROP 

The first name in seaweed science 

No1 

TRIPLE SEAWEED 

(3.05-1.43-2.92 + trace elements) 

A concentrated seaweed extract to help produce high quality sports 

turf with excellent wear and recovery characteristics. It enhances 

early season root growth and establishment and encourages tillering 

without excessive shoot growth. 

Pack size: 10 litres. Order code: 0108101/010 

Application rate: 10-15 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha) 

No2 

MOSSKILLER & CONDITIONER 

(2-0-0 + 16.4% FeSO 4 ) MAPP No.17300 

A moss killer with added seaweed extract to stimulate re-growth and 

tillering once the moss is removed as well as improving turf colour. 


Application rate: 150 litres/ha (water volume: 500 litres/ha). 

No3 

PRO-K-PLUS 

(2-0-18 + trace elements) 

Ideal for early or late season use to supply high levels of Potash 

where needed. Provides good root growth and helps drought 

tolerance. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 600-1,000 litres/ha). 

No4 

FINE TURF FERTILIZER 


Combines the full benefits of Maxicrop seaweed extract with a zero 

phosphate fertilizer formulation. Ideal as an in-season turf stimulant 

with Nitrogen and Potash to provide a rapid fertilizer response. 

Particularly useful on sand constructed pitches or golf greens. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 400-800 litres/ha). 

No5 

PLUS 17% NITROGEN 


The high Nitrogen content quickly improves turf colour and vigour 

whilst the seaweed base stimulates root growth, improving turf wear 

and recovery. Ideal for controlled feeding to produce top growth 

when desired. 


Application rate: 20-100 litres/ha (water volume: 400-800 litres/ha). 

No6 

PROGREEN (2-0-0 + 6% Fe + trace elements) 

Designed for use 3 days prior to major events to give rapid 

green-up, usually within 24 hours, or when long-term in-season 

greening is needed. The improved colour lasts upto 4-6 weeks. 


Application rate: 40 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha). 

No7 

ORGANIC CONCENTRATE 

(0.3-0-3.6) 

A totally organic seaweed extract turf stimulant containing 24% 

soluble seaweed solids. Containing no added N, P or K, it can be 

used as an organic substitute for Maxicrop No 1. An ideal early 

stimulant to condition turf prior to initial fertilizer applications. 


Application rate: 10 litres/ha (water volume: 300-600 litres/ha). 

SEAWEED MEAL 

A natural soil conditioner, rich in trace elements. Incorporate into 

top 75mm of soil. 

Pack size: 25kg bag. Order code: 0108140/025 

Application rate: Apply spring or autumn at 70 g/m 2 . 

RECOMMENDED CALENDAR OF APPLICATIONS 

Seed & New Turf Laying JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

No1 

No7 

Triple Seaweed 

Organic Concentrate 

Annual Applications 

No1 

No2 

Triple seaweed 

Moss Killer & Conditioner 

Apply at 1-2 leaf stage, two applica - 

tions 4 weeks apart. Thereafter adopt 

the Maxicrop programme 

Apply every 4 weeks to maintain turf 

health and condition 

Stimulates turf and controls moss 

No3 

No4 

No5 

No6 

No7 

Pro-K-Plus 

Fine Turf Fertilizer 

Plus 17% Nitrogen 

ProGreen 

Organic Concentrate 

Apply early or late for potash 

Apply at 3-4 leaf stage and every 4 

weeks in season for nitrogen and potash 

Apply 4-5 times to provide evenly 

spaced nitrogen 

Apply any time for enhanced turf colour, 

particularly prior to tournaments 

Apply every 4 weeks to maintain turf 

health and condition, organically 

79 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱SEAWEED COMPACT 

A dried seaweed extract in a 

soluble powder form to help 

improve shoot density, root 

growth and general plant health 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY SEAWEED COMPACT 

❱ Enhances root growth, root mass and 

turf establishment 

❱ Increases shoot density for better 

recovery and ground cover 

❱ Encourages grass shoots without 

causing excess lush growth 

❱ Aids young seed establishment by 

boosting early growth 

❱ Boosts beneficial soil microbes so 

improving root health 

❱ Helps maintain plant chlorophyll levels 

for optimum growth and health 


Contains: Dried seaweed extract of 

Ascophyllum nodosum 




Area of use Seaweed Compact Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 100-115g 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 300-350g 45-75 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 2.0-2.3kg 300-500 litres 10,000m 2 




How Seaweed Compact works 

Seaweed Compact contains a dried seaweed extract of 

Ascophyllum nodosum and helps to boost root development, 

shoot growth, minimise turf stress, maintain leaf function, maximise 

drought tolerance as well as increasing soil microbial action. A 2kg 

pack of Seaweed Compact is equivalent to 12 litres (14.5kg) of a 

traditional liquid seaweed product at comparable strength, so 

provides additional benefits in terms of handling and transport 

issues. 

Root Development: Trials show that in young plants, root 

length and mass can be significantly increased (150%) by 

Seaweed Compact application. 

Shoot Growth: Seaweed Compact helps increase shoot 

development and tillering, leading to better ground cover. 

Chlorophyll: Trials have demonstrated that Seaweed 

Compact increases and maintains chlorophyll levels in the 

leaf tissue, enabling it to maximise carbohydrate production 

for optimum growth and repair. 

Drought Tolerance: Seaweed Compact has an osmoregulatory 

effect on turf, helping it to withstand drought or 

saline conditions. 

Microbial Activity: When in contact with the soil Seaweed 

Compact has a stimulating effect on certain beneficial soil 

microbes which multiply and increase their activity such as 

improving soil structure and releasing nutrients. The microbes 

also help break down thatch. 

Plant Health: Betaines found in Seaweed Compact have been 

shown to have a beneficial effect on plant health. They help 

to raise the plant’s natural health status, enabling turf to 

withstand various stress factors such as heat, cold, wind, wear, 

mechanical damage and disease. 

0800 424919 80

❱SEAQUEST 

A fresh, natural cold pressed 

seaweed extract for use in 

amenity turf 

WHY SEAQUEST 

❱ A naturally sustainable source of seaweed 

produced from fresh Ascophyllum nodosum 

by an innovative cold process 

❱ 100% selected Ascophyllum nodosum from 

clean Atlantic waters 

❱ Contains a wide range of nutrients and biostimulants 

❱ Increases root mass and microbial activity 

❱ Improves nutrient uptake 

❱ Reduces effects of abiotic plant stress. 

❱ Micronisation of seaweed to ensure smooth, 

particle-free texture that won’t block nozzles 

How SeaQuest works 

The controlled harvesting and processing of seaweed 

to make SeaQuest is sympathetic to the natural 

ingredients contained in this marine plant and as such it 

retains the maximum possible benefits in terms of biologically 

active components. SeaQuest can be used throughout the 

year on all sports turf surfaces, including fine turf such as golf 

greens, bowling greens, golf tees, as well as fairways, sports 

fields and ornamental lawns. 

Contains: Aqua, Seaweed (Ascophyllum 

nodosum), Citric Acid 0.01%, 

preservatives 0.06% 





SeaQuest Water Volume Area 

500-1,000 ml 15-20 litres 500m 2 

10-20 litres 300-400 litres 1 ha 




81 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱CAL-FORM 

A foliar applied, rapidly absorbed 

Calcium supplement for the 

treatment of Calcium deficiency in 

amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY CAL-FORM 

❱ A foliar applied Calcium supplement for 

turf suffering from Calcium deficiency 

❱ Contains L-Amino Acids enabling a fast 

uptake of Calcium into the plant, 

regardless of rootzone conditions 

❱ Low pH which enables good 

compatibility, including Potassium and 

Magnesium products 

❱ Improved disease tolerance by helping 

to build stronger cell walls 

How Cal-Form works 

Calcium is a macronutrient and an important cell wall 

constit uent (as calcium pectate), helping to strengthen the 

walls. Calcium deficiency causes cell walls to weaken, 

making the plant more susceptible to fungal disease. It is 

also known to be involved in cell division, root and leaf 

development and Phosphorus availability. 

Deficiency shows as a reddish-brown discolouration along 

the leaf margin which develops into a lighter red colour. 

In addition to the Calcium itself, Cal-Form also contains 

Amino Acids that have chelating properties and improve 

the absorption of Calcium into the plant as well as its 

movement around the plant, regardless of 

environmental/rootzone conditions. 


Contains: 11% Calcium (CaO) and L-form 

Amino Acids 





Area of use Cal-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 250ml 15-25 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 5 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 




Calcium mainly occurs in leaves and stems but it is relatively 

immobile within the tissues. It is also present in the soil – levels 

are related to Magnesium, Potassium and Sodium. It is 

involved in soil pH, levels decreasing as the pH falls below 

neutral. In fine turf situations the aim is to generally reduce 

rootzone pH levels in order to encourage the finer grasses. In 

doing so Calcium often becomes deficient. It may also be 

deficient in alkaline soils since Calcium is present in an 

insoluble form. 

In addition to the Calcium itself, Cal-Form also contains Amino 

Acids that have chelating properties and improve the 

absorption of Calcium into the plant as well as its movement 

around the plant, regardless of environmental/rootzone 

conditions. 

0800 424919 82

TURF WETTING AGENT 

The balanced approach to water 

management solutions 

Propel-R provides new micelle technology that 

manages turfgrass water management 

problems at both micro and macro level, 

including areas suffering from Dry Patch. Its 

advanced chemistry creates an ideal ratio 

balance of air and water at both the soil 

surface, where it reduces water repellency to 

zero, and within the root-zone. By keeping the 

surface drier and firmer the turf will be less 

susceptible to stress, more resistant to disease 

attack and provide a more consistent playing 

surface throughout the year. 

Now available 

in granular 

and tablet 

formulations 

Rigby Taylor Limited Freephone 0800 424919 Web site: www.rigbytaylor.com e-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com

❱K-FORM 

A unique foliar applied Potassium 

supplement for Potassium 

deficient rootzones 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY K-FORM 

❱ Contains L-Amino Acids enabling a fast 

uptake of Potassium into the plant 

❱ Low pH which enables good 

compatability, including Calcium and 

Magnesium products 

❱ An ideal supplement to normal fertilizer 

programmes 

❱ Improves disease tolerance 

How K-Form works 

Potassium is the second most sought after plant 

nutrient and is involved in many processes including drought 

tolerance, Nitrogen metabolism, carbohydrate movement 

and stomatal function. 

If Potassium becomes deficient, changes in enzyme activity 

can also occur which are thought to lead to a higher 

susceptibility to fungal attack. 

In addition to Potassium, K-Form also contains higher levels 

of the Amino Acids involved in facilitating a very rapid foliar 

absor p tion of Potassium into the plant and assisting in its 

movement within it, even under adverse environmental/ - 

rootzone conditions. 

Applications of K-Form throughout the autumn months will 

also prepare the turf for the low temperature conditions of 

winter. 


Contains: 25% Potassium (K 2 O) and L-form 

Amino Acids 





Area of use K-Form Water Volume Area 


Golf tees, sportsfields 5 litres 300-500 litres 1 ha 

Potassium tends to accumulate in leaf tips, so turfgrass 

subjected to intensive mowing particularly at a low 

height of cut need regular amounts of Potassium during 

the growing season. It is readily lost from the rootzone 

through leaching especially in USGA/sandy profiles, 

which inherently have low nutrient retention capabilities 

(low Cation Exchange Capacity – CEC). 




0800 424919 84

❱MAG-FORM 

For the treatment of Magnesium 

deficiency in amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY MAG-FORM 

❱ Corrects Magnesium deficiency 

symptoms 

❱ Formulation enables rapid leaf and root 

uptake of the element 

❱ Corrects Magnesium/Calcium imbalance 

in the soil 


Contains: Magnesium complex (7.2% MgO) 

with L-Form Amino Acids 





Area of use Mag-Form Water Volume Area 

Amenity turf areas 10 litres Minimum 300 litres 1 ha 



How Mag-Form works 

Magnesium is a macronutrient involved in important 

plant activities including Phosphorus translocation 

mechanisms, enzyme reactions and is a constituent of 

chlorophyll. 

Magnesium is important 

for the maintenance of 

the green colour and 

growth in the turf plant. It 

is quite mobile within the 

plant with re-distribution 

occurring more from the 

older to the younger 

tissues. Concentrations 

are usually higher in the 

leaves but it can also be 

found in the growing tips 

of roots and stems. 

Deficiencies of 

Magnesium are more 

prone in sandy soils 

which have an acid pH. 

Symptoms include a 

cherry red discolouration 

along leaf margins usually occurring in the older, lower 

leaves first before spreading. Root growth is also severely 

restricted. 

The Magnesium:Calcium ratios are important in relation to 

the availability of both elements, and the addition of Mag- 

Form can assist in maintaining a correct balance between 

the two elements. 


85 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱PHOS-FORM 

A Phosphorus supplement 

containing Potassium Phosphite 

and L-form Amino Acids for use 

on amenity turf 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

WHY PHOS-FORM 

❱ Readily available source of Phosphorus in 

the form of Potassium Phosphite, ensuring 

rapid uptake into the plant 

❱ Free flowing, non-foaming liquid 

formulation with multi-site activity 

❱ Particularly useful in times of plant stress 

❱ Can be used on all types of established 

turfgrass and seedling turf 

How Phos-Form works 

Phos-Form is a Phosphorus supplement based on 

Potassium Phosphite. Both the Potassium and the 

Phosphorus are in readily available, fully water-soluble 

forms, ensuring the plant takes up both the P and K rapidly, 

especially under stress conditions. 

APPLICATION RATES – SEEDING TURF 

Contains: Potassium Phosphite (26.8% 

Phosphorus Pentoxide, 21.68% 

Potassium Oxide) with L-Form 

Amino Acids 


Pack coverage: Seedling turf: 1-2ha 

Established turf: 5,000-10,000 sq.m 



Area of use Phos-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 125-250ml 10-22.5 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 2.5-5 litres 200-450 litres 1 ha 

APPLICATION RATES – ESTABLISHED TURF 

Area of use Phos-Form Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 250-500ml 10-22.5 litres 500m 2 

Golf tees, sportsfields 5-10 litres 200-450 litres 1 ha 



Phosphorus is a vital element in the metabolic 

processes within the plant. It is an important 

constituent in enzymes and proteins as well as being 

a structural component of phosphoproteins, 

phospholipids and nucleic acids. Plants suffering from 

Phosphorus deficiency use water less efficiently, are 

susceptible to growth suppression, less tolerant of cold 

temperatures and take longer to root. 

Phosphite (as a Phosphorus source) which is present in 

Phos-Form, has one less Oxygen molecule than 

traditional Phos phate itself and so has a higher 

degree of solubility and mobility. This unique 

characteristic permits phos phite to be readily 

absorbed by the leaves and root system. Once 

absorbed it undergoes oxidation, resulting in a 

release of Phosphorus. By using phosphite, turf devel - 

ops more root growth and more vigorous leaf growth 

and also provides benefits of stress resistance. 


0800 424919 86

❱MINOR-8T 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

A comprehensive liquid trace 

element package 

WHY MINOR-8T 

❱ Complete range of trace elements 

co-formulated with essential Amino 

Acids to enable efficient uptake of 

nutrients 

❱ Free Amino Acids are L-Form, the 

most biologically effective source for 

plants 

❱ Helps the plant recover from 

imbalances, caused by multiple 

nutrient deficiencies 

❱ Corrects non-diagnosed deficiencies 

for specific elements 

❱ Economic application in a liquid form 


Contains: Trace element package and 

L-Form Amino Acids 




Minor-8T Water Volume Area 

250 ml 15-20 litres 500m 2 





“ 

We use R14 grass mixture on 

both the main pitch and our 

extensive training ground complex. 

The mix provides superb colour, 

root depth and surface density. 

Another benefit is the speed in 

which the surface recovers from 

wear. Because we have a large 

number of pitches at the training 

ground, speed of line marking is 

important. We have for many years 

based our programme on the 

Impact Linemarking System and, 

with the Impact paint, I can say 

that we have never had brighter, 

more durable lines 

” 

Bob Lennon 


Everton FC 

87

❱MANGANAZE 

For the treatment of Manganese 

deficiency in turf 

WHY MANGANAZE 

❱ Contains the element Manganese (Mn) to improve 

photosynthesis capability 

❱ Manganese increases lignification of cell walls as a 

defence mechanism against disease 

❱ Iron Sulphate helps lower the pH and provides 

Iron nutrition 

❱ Contains plant sugars providing an energy 

source to Fluorescent Pseudomonads 

(beneficial antagonistic bacteria) 

Dead stolons, dead nodes, 

dead leaves, dead roots 

Typical early season Take-all Patch Symptoms 

How Manganaze works 

Manganese deficiency is common in poorly 

drained soils and where organic levels are high. 

Manganaze has been specifically formulated as a 

nutrient supplement for newly established bent turf 

greens and situations where pH levels will restrict uptake 

of the element 

Manganese. 

To assist the turf plant’s 

ability against Take-all 

Patch 

(Gaeumannomyces 

graminis) which effects 

bent grasses, all areas 

should be sprayed as 

Take-all Patch can be 

active in the ground even 

when there are no visible 

patches of the disease. 


Contains: Manganese (9.9% MnSO 4 , 

Iron (Fe) 2.0%) 





Area of use Manganaze Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, bowling greens 20 litres 700 litres 1 ha 

The element Manganese is an important 

micronutrient required by all plants and is involved in 

various metabolic functions. It is the catalyst for 

Oxygen evolution in photosynthesis and is an 

activator co-factor in several major enzymes involved 

in metabolic pathways, including the TCA cycle, 

synthesis of RNA in chloroplasts and in lipid synthesis. 

Manganese also plays a role in lignin synthesis which 

can help to suppress both leaf and root diseases. 




0800 424919 88

❱AMINO-FORM LX 

A unique Amino Acid based 

supplement that gives turf 

maximum protection and 

recovery from stress 

WHY AMINO-FORM LX 

❱ Improves stress resistance to, and 

enhances recovery from, drought, heat, 

cold, wear, excessive salinity and shade, 

water-logging, etc 

❱ Increases photosynthesis and chlorophyl 

content 

❱ Improves turf quality 

❱ Increases root growth of stressed turf 

❱ Enhances germination 

❱ Chelating properties gives improved 

absorption of nutrients 

❱ Unique tank mixing compatibilities 

How Amino-Form LX works 

Amino Acids are natural organic molecules that take 

part in all physiological processes. Plants store nutrients, 

especially Nitrogen, as Amino Acids or proteins. Under 

optimal growing conditions plants synthesize their own Amino 

Acids but at a significant expense in terms of energy. 

However, when stress situations occur, there is a greater 

demand for Amino Acids than the plant is able to meet. 

Amino-Form LX contains all the Amino Acids which are 

involved in turf health. 

Amino Acids also have important chelating properties, 

chelates being formed by combining with important 

elements such as Iron, Manganese, Calcium, Magnesium and 

Copper. As a result, nutrients applied at the same time as 

Amino-Form LX will be more readily absorbed by roots and 

leaves. 

NITROGEN METABOLISM 

Contains: L-form Amino Acids 





Formation of 

Proteins, Enzymes 

and Chlorophyll 

Conversion to other 

Amino Acids 

Conversion to 

Glutamic Acid 

s 

Foliar uptake 

Amino-Form LX is 

absorbed through the 

leaves and roots, so 

Amino Acids are taken 

up quicker and are 

more readily available 


Area of use Amino-Form LX Water Volume Area 


Golf tees, golf fairways, 15 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 

Ammonium (NH 4 ) 

Nitrates (NO 3 ) 

s 

Root uptake 




An application of Amino-Form LX during stress periods allows 

considerable savings in energy which can then be 

channelled into essential physiological processes such as 

photosynthesis and protein formation (new growth). 

89 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MICRODYNE 

All-in-one organic cocktail of 

micro- and macronutrients, 

chelated Irons, Amino Acids and 

biostimulants 

WHY MICRODYNE 

❱ Liquid feed corrects plant deficiencies for 

healthy leaf and shoot growth 

❱ Contains chelated Iron to give rapid green 

up without over-stimulation 

❱ Creates the optimum food supply to boost 

beneficial bacterial activity 

❱ Contains a rootzone penetrant allowing the 

liquid to target where it is required 

❱ Provides relief from summer stress 

❱ Economical high longevity from a low 

dosage rate 

Contains: N 1.2%, P 2 O 5 0.2%, K 2 O 0.5% 

Pack size: 20 litres & 200 litres 

Pack coverage: 20 litres 2,000-4,000sq.m 

200 litres 2-4 ha 

RT order code: 20 litres 0112850/020 

200 litres 0112850/200 


How MicroDyne works 

A low NPK organic liquid fertilizer ensures the plant is 

not deficient in any of the key major nutrients but ensures 

there is not over-stimulation leading to flushes of growth. 

A soil penetrant enables the nutrients to move through the 

thatch layer and target the rootzone more effectively. 

Chelated Irons are complex molecules that protect the 

biologically active ferrous Iron, preventing it from reacting 

with other substances and becoming unavailable to the 

plant. The Iron Chelates only break down once inside the 

plant ensuring all the Iron can be utilised by the plant. 

Cold extracted seaweed ensures none of the essential 

properties of the seaweed are reduced. 

18 Amino acids take part in the vital physiological processes 

such as photosynthesis and convert into essential plant 

proteins for new growth. 

Trace element package All the micro-nutrients in MicroDyne 

are EDTA chelated for maximum plant uptake, and include 

Magnesium, Copper, Boron, Manganese, Molybdenum and 

Zinc. 


Area of use MicroDyne Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 100 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

Golf fairways, outfields 50 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 




0800 424919 90

“ 

We have had huge success with our 

use of Microlite fertilizer. All our tees are 

treated and we notice how uniform in size 

are the micro-granules, which enable us to 

achieve excellent spreading consistency. 

Following watering-in, the turf starts to colour 

up very quickly and evenness of growth 

habit has been excellent. I can say that it is 

one of the best granular fertilizers I have ever 

used and will be repeating applications 

again in 2017. 

” 

David Langheim 

Master Greenkeeper 

Wimbledon Park Golf Club, London 

91

❱INTEGRATE PLUS 

A soil amendment that gives 

complete soil aeration without 

surface disruption. Integral wetting 

agent improves surface and 

rootzone penetration 

WHY INTEGRATE PLUS 

❱ Creates additional pore spaces which: 

– ‘Opens up’ compacted soil surfaces 

– Speeds up draining of standing water 

– Increases capillary moisture holding 

capacity 

– Restores the soils water/air balance 

– Reduces incidence of Black Layer 

– Provides new channels for root growth 

❱ Liquid and granular formulations 


Integrate Plus 

Contains: 

Pack size: 

44% water soluble polymeric 

polyelectrolytes 

5 litres 



Integrate Plus Granules 

Contains: Polymeric polyelectrolytes plus an 

advanced soil penetrant system 

on a granular base 

Pack size: 20 kg box 



Equipment Integrate Plus Liquid Water Volume Area 

Standard High 

Power sprayer 5 - 10 litres 250-500 litres 10,000m 2 

Pedestrian sprayers 250 - 500ml 12.5-25 litres 500m 2 

200 - 400ml 10-20 litres 400m 2 

Knapsack sprayer 20 - 40ml 1-2 litres 40m 2 


Area of use Integrate Plus Granules Area 

Golf greens, 10g 500m 2 

Bowling greens 30g 1,500m 2 

Sportsfields 200kg 1ha 




How Integrate Plus works 

Integrate Plus is a totally unique, patented blend of 

anionic charged polymers combined with a surface-acting 

wetting agent. 

Mechanical aeration affects less than 10% of the soil surface, 

and compac tion can reduce the operating efficiency of turf 

anywhere from 25-50% as water does not drain, air 

movement stops and root growth is restricted. 

Integrate Plus will restore the 

soil’s water/air balance and 

return damaged soil 

structure to a properly 

functioning condition. It will 

assist in repairing collapsed 

pore spaces that prevent 

the draining of standing 

water, restore the flow of air 

into the rootzone, reduce 

the conditions that 

encourage Black Layer and 

‘open-up’ new channels for 

root development. 

Irrigation or even rain following treatment is beneficial. 

Improved results may be obtained by applying treatments 

immediately following mechanical aeration. 

Integrate Plus is not to be mixed with Calcium Nitrate based 

fertilizers or products incompatible with anionic adjuvants. 

The easy to apply, dust free, granular formulation gives long 

term effectiveness due to the gradual release of ingredients 

in the granule and is ideal to apply during poor weather 

conditions. 

0800 424919 92

Compaction...the problem 

Anaerobic layer forms... 

because waterlogged layer has 

forced air out... 

while compacted fines produce 

impenetrable layer... 

and so there is no gravitational 

water flow, soil structure 

collapses, roots struggle to 

survive 

Integrate...the solution 

Free movement of water and air 

is created... 

because Integrate ‘opens up’ 

compacted layer repairing 

clogged and damaged pore 

spaces... 

and so gravitational water runs 

freely through root zone, 

drainage channels remove 

excess water, soil structure 

restored 

Integrate Plus Granules contain advanced 

polymeric, poly-electrolytes together with 

the most advanced soil penetrant system. 

The long chain poly-electrolyte system within 

the product is positively charged (anionic) 

and effectively attracts the negatively 

charged cations held within the CEC sites 

on clay and organic matter e.g. Calcium, 

Magnesium. 

De-structured clay particles are minute and 

are effectively aggregated together by this 

process into larger crumbs. The formation of 

such a crumb structure within the rootzone 

results in improved drainage and much 

more pore space for root growth. 

93 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱PROFILE GREENS 

A porous ceramic soil amendment 

for high performance root zones 

WHY PROFILE GREENS 

❱ Improves root zones by adding water, nutrient and 

air holding capacity to the soil structure 

❱ Excellent stability – still stable after 30 years 

❱ High, permanent Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) 

❱ Consistent USGA particle size distribution – 

99% between 0.15-1.0 mm 

❱ Proven by university studies to hold water 

like peat but drains like sand 

The Profie Greens particle 

Each particle is 74% pore space with approximately 

39% capillary (water) pores and 35% non-capillary (air) 

pores. Profile Greens blended with sand or soil increases 

the water and nutrient holding pores as well as 

increasing the air and drainage pores. 

Profile's CEC will assist in the retention of nutrients, but 

unlike organic materials, such as peat, will not cause 

layering and will increase percolation rates. 


Profile Greens 

Pack size: 22.68 kg 



Profile Field & Fairway 

Pack size: 22.68 kg 





26% 

SOLIDS 

35% 

AIR 

39% 

WATER 

Profile Field & Fairway has a slightly larger particle size providing 78% porosity of 

which 41% is capillary pore space and 37% is non-capillary pore space. 

How Profile Greens works 

Profile Greens physically improves the soil structure. In 

sand it increases water retention and nutrient-holding 

because of the capillary pores and the Cation Exchange 

Capacity (CEC). Percolation rates are increased 

when it is mixed with sand because of the noncapillary 

pore space within the product. Soilbased 

greens benefit by the added porosity 

Profile Greens provides for better drainage. 

Profile Greens is very stable: Profile Greens is four 

times as stable as USGA requirements and has 

been shown not to break down. Stable particles 

have been found in Purdue University greens 30 

years after incorporation. 

Profile Greens has a high CEC: A permanent CEC of 

33 meq/100g is provided by Profile Greens. It has a 

strong affinity for Potassium, which can leach quite 

readily from sand-based rootzones. Profile Greens 

has a low affinity for Sodium and in high salt areas it 

can therefore help amend the root zone by 

increasing drainage, allowing the flushing of greens 

of Sodium. 

Profile Greens holds water like peat, but drains like 

sand: Ohio State University proved Profile Greens' 50/50 balance 

of capillary and non-capillary pore space will retain water and 

yet also let water drain. Water is held within, and drawn through, 

the capillary pore space of the porous ceramic particles. The noncapillary 

pore space lets water flow through the soil if it becomes 

saturated. Adding Profile Greens to sands will increase 

percolation rates and improve water availability. 

Profile Greens reduces surface algal problems: By frequent light 

top dressings of Profile Greens, the excellent absorptive 

characteristics enable it to retain the moisture which is necessary 

for surface algal growth. 

0800 424919 94

Soil structures explained 

THE IDEAL SOIL 

Ideal soil should contain 50% solid and 50% pore space. 

(½ capillary or water holding pore space and ½ noncapillary 

or air-holding and drainage pore space) 

COMPACTED SOIL 

Compacted soil reduces or eliminates the non 

capillary (air-holding and drainage) pore space 

SAND SOIL 

Sand soils resist compaction, but they have little 

water or nutrient retention ability. 

Profile Greens should be used for high 

performance root zones e.g. golf greens, 

bowling greens whilst Profile Field & Fairway is 

ideal for use in most amenity areas like sports - 

grounds and golf fairways, 

SAND/PEAT MIX 

(Percolation rate: 12-15" per hour). 

Peat has been added to sand soils to increase 

water and nutrient retention. The problem is that 

peat or other organic materials tend to reduce 

water percolation rates and are relatively shortlived. 

SAND/PROFILE GREENS MIX 

(Percolation rate: 20-24”per hour) Profile brings 

sand back to the ideal soil conditions by 

balancing pore space. It improves percolation 

rates, water retention and nutrient retention. 

95 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱ALIZE 

A soil conditioner of porous 

granules that improve moisture 

and nutrient retention in the 

rootzone, increase aeration and 

Cation Exchange Capacity 

+ + + + + + + + + 

WHY ALIZE 

❱ Alize is a natural zeolite 

❱ Zeolites help with the retention of 

nutrients in areas which include: 

– Sand root zones 

– Low existing CEC 

– Soil with high leaching potential 

– To moderate and balance nutrient inputs 

How Alize works 

Alize, applied either by top dressing or ‘drill-and-fill’ 

technique, confers the following benefits to turf applications: 

1. Improves nutrient and fertilizer retention in the root zone. 

2. Granules adsorb soluble Nitrogen and Potassium, reducing 

leaching of key nutreints. 

3. Porous granules increase aeration resulting in healthier turf. 

4. Improves establishment of newly sown turf. 

5. Helps protect against the possibility of fertilizer scorch. 

6. Robust granules resist soil compaction. 

Contains: 95% clinoptilolite 




Area of use Alize Area 

As top dressing or after aeration 50-100kg 500m 2 

1,000-2,000kg 1ha 

Zeolites are a family of crystaline aluminosilicate 

minerals. In common with other zeolites, Alize has a 

three dimensional cage-like structure consiting of 

SiO 4 and AlO 4 tetrehedra joined by shared oxygen 

atoms. The negative charges of the AlO 4 units are 

balanced by the presence of exchangeable 

cations which can be readily displaced by other 

substances, for example Ammonium ions. This 

phenomenom is known as ‘cation exchange’, and it 

is the high cation exchange capacity (CEC) of Alize 

which provides many of its useful properties. 




0800 424919 96

❱MAGNET VELOCITE 

A complex liquid Iron with trace 

element package producing a 

prolonged and rapid turf colour 

enhancer. Also corrects Iron and 

other trace element deficiencies 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

WHY MAGNET VELOCITE 

❱ Long term activity – up to 6 weeks 

❱ Enhanced turf colour within 12 hours due 

to special leaf penetrant system 

❱ No blackening of turf or unsightly 

application marks 

❱ Has a comprehensive micro-nutrient 

package, essential for healthy growth 

❱ Unique tank mixing compatibilities 

How Magnet Velocite works 

Natural soil Iron, though abundant, can be deficient as 

it is mostly present as an insoluble form which the plant is 

unable to take up. Magnet Velocite contains two forms of 

Iron to provide a rapid green up response combined with 

long-term activity up to 6 weeks. 

Magnet Velocite contains a unique leaf penetrant system to 

enable consistent and rapid uptake of the Ferrous Iron to 

achieve maximum effect. The EDTA Fe meanwhile provides 

continued longer term active Iron in all situations. 

Contains: Total Nitrogen (N) 9.3%, 

Iron (Fe) 6.24% (of which EDTA Fe 

1.34%, Ferrous Sulphate 4.9%) 






Area of use Magnet Velocite Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 20-25 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 3 litres 60-75 litres 1500m 2 





97 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱MAGNETIZE 

❱MAGNET 

DYNAMIC 

LITE 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

Chelated liquid Iron to enhance turf 

colour and correct Iron deficiencies 

WHY MAGNETIZE 

❱ Can be used any time of year 

❱ Unaffected by soil pH 

❱ No Sulphur contribution, reducing Black 

Layer potential 

❱ Long lasting, typically 4 to 6 weeks 

❱ Enhanced performance when turf is 

actively growing 

With its combination of leaf penetrant and EDTA chelation, 

Magnetize is protected from lock up in the soil and more readily 

available to the plant. An initial steady uptake will result in a greenup 

response over a 24/48 hour period, followed by continued 

absorption through the root system. Magnetize can be applied 

any time of year, however best response will be when the turf is 

growing particularly through the Spring, Summer and Autumn. 

Micro-granular, long lasting 

Iron turf colour enhancer 

WHY MAGNET DYNAMIC LITE 

❱ Extremely uniform granule, 

ensuring even coverage 

❱ Dual source Iron (8.6%Fe) gives 

extended phased release up to 

16 weeks 

❱ High potash (14%K 2 O) to enhance 

plant cell turgidity 

❱ Relatively low Nitrogen assists plant 

meta bolic response without forcing 

soft growth 


Contains: 5% Iron (Fe) chelated by EDTA 

Enhanced leaf penetrants 




Magnetize Water Volume Area 

1 litre 20-25 litres 500m 2 




Contains: 3% Nitrogen (N), 

14% Potash (K 2 O) and 

8.6% Iron (Fe) 

Pack size: 20 kg 



Area of use Magnet Dynamic Area 

Lite 

Golf greens & tees, bowling greens, cricket squares 20kg 500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 200kg 5,000m 2 


RECOMMENDED PERIOD OF USE Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec 



0800 424919 98

❱IRON 

COMPLEX 

❱LIQUID 

IRON 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ 

➟ ➟ 

➟ 

Liquid iron complex for rapid 

greening at any time of the year 

WHY IRON COMPLEX 

❱ Iron complexed with Citric Acid to give a 

very effective and rapid green-up 

❱ Economical application of Iron without 

added Urea 

❱ Used at any time of year – especially 

effective during autumn and winter 

❱ Penetrating agent ensures optimum 

coverage and penetration of the Iron 

component 

Turf greening without 

stimulating growth. 

Hardens the grass to combat 

disease attack 

WHY LIQUID IRON 

❱ Rapid green-up without excessive 

foliar growth 

❱ Helps to harden turf making it less 

susceptible to disease 

❱ Contains Urea plus 8%Fe 


Contains: Iron Sulphate (7% Fe) Citric 

Acid complex plus penetrating 

agent 





Iron Complex Water Volume Area 

2 litres 30 litres 500m 2 

40 litres 600 litres 1 ha 









Liquid Iron Water Volume Area 

500-750ml Min 40 litres 500m 2 

10-15 litres Min 800 litres 1 ha 




99 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱SOLUBLE IRON 

❱MOSQUITO 

Readily-available Iron for 

rapid turf greening. Added 

Citric Acid reduces pH in 

solution 

WHY SOLUBLE IRON 

❱ Contains 20.5% Fe 

How Soluble Iron works 

The product is produced with Citric Acid, thus reducing 

the pH of the solution, and the Iron is in the ferrous form (Fe++) 

making it more readily available to the plant. The formulation 

also contains a wetting agent to facilitate dispersal and has a 

low application rate. 

Highly concentrated liquid Iron for 

rapid and economical application 

WHY MOSQUITO 

❱ A high specific gravity allows maximum 

Iron application for the amount of 

product applied 

❱ Low pH ensures Iron availability to the 

plant 

❱ Economic application in a liquid form 

How Mosquito works 

Following application, the Iron content stimulates the 

plants production of chlorophyll, which in turn enhances turf 

colour. 

Applied in the autumn, Mosquito hardens the leaf prior to the 

onset of winter. Care however should be taken where moss is 

present as, at the standard rate, Mosquito will turn the moss 

black. In such a situation the area should be scarified and overseeded 

to re-establish the sward. 

Pack size: 10 kg tub 

Pack coverage: Up to 10,000 sq.m 


Contains: 10%Fe (Iron applied (std rate) 

6.75kgs/ha). Specific Gravity 1.5 






Area of use Mosquito Water Volume Area 


Soluble Iron Water Volume Area 

500g 25 litres 500m 2 

10kg 500 litres 1 ha 




Golf greens, golf tees 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 45 litres 400-500 litres 1 ha 

Sports pitches 

The quantity of product is dependent on the required effect and 

coverage will depend on type and condition of the grass being treated. 




0800 424919 100

❱PHOTON 

Permanent green turf paint 

with UV absorber and optical 

brighteners 

WHY PHOTON 

❱ Restores natural green colour to 

discoloured or damaged turf 

❱ Helps to increase grass surface 

temperature 

❱ Last up to 3 months, dependent upon 

mowing regimes and climate conditions 

❱ Ideal for prestigious events 

❱ Can be used to colour divot mixtures 

How Photon works 

Used in places or at times when natural light is at a premium, 

Photon is ideal to enhance the plants ability to absorb UV radiation 

and so improve its photosynthesizing ability. Photon will provide 

uniformity of appearance and assist in the disguising of 

mechanical damage as well as stress. 

Contains: UV absorber & optical brighteners 





“ 

I have used Activate XL and 

Activate R granules for many 

years as we like the benefits we get 

from the humic acid in stimulating 

roots and promoting shoot growth. 

Our pitch gets a great deal of wear 

and we need the grass to recover 

quickly following matches; the trace 

element package also provides 

excellent colour. These products 

play a vital and integral part in my 

biostimulant programme. 

” 

Glenn Nortcliffe 


Sheffield United FC 


Area of use Photon Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 2.5 litres 300-400 litres 1 ha 

Sports pitches 




101

Perennial Ryegrass Blends 

Eight superb grass seed mixtures featuring 

Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrasses, 

all with Germin-8 liquid seed treatment 

Double the number of chromosomes 

compared to diploid perennial ryegrass. 

Increased cellular chloroplast boosts 

chlorophyll production for energy 

absorption. Provides a robust, healthier 

plant with improved stress and 

recovery capability. 

✱ Fast germination from 4°C 

✱ Superior winter wear 

✱ Increased chlorophyll production 

✱ Stronger, deeper, denser roots 

✱ Great drought tolerance 

✱ Excellent disease tolerance 

✱ Superb colour 

A recommended mixture for every grass 

surface for the construction, renovation, 

transitional seeding and repair across a 

wide range of sports, golf and 

landscape applications 

E-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com www.rigbytaylor.com Freefone: 0800 424 919

❱SPIKE 

Promotes a cleaner cut, increases 

green speed and a more consistent 

ball roll, whilst encouraging 

post-tournament surface healing 

WHY SPIKE 

❱ Stimulates upright growth for a cleaner, 

more uniform cut 

❱ Increases green speed and improves ball 

roll 

❱ Speeds up the healing of pitch marks and 

wear damage 

❱ Strengthens leaf blade by increasing cell 

wall turgidity 

❱ Reduces water loss (transpiration) during 

dry periods 

❱ Increases the number of Poa seed heads 

removed 

Contains: 6% Silica (Si) and 7% soluble 

Potash (K 2 O) 

Pack Size: 5 litres 

Pack Coverage: 5,000 sq.m 

RT Order Code: 0113176/05 

How Spike works 

Containing Potassium and Silica, the stomatal leaf 

opening is regulated and the leaf cell wall turgidity increased. 

The Potassium helps the plant to overcome stress effects caused 

by drought, cold, traffic and mechanical wear and salinity. 

The Silicon accumulates in the leaf cuticles leading to increased 

chlorophyll content, improved photosynthesis and enhanced 

colour. It also assists root development providing strength, and 

the ability to achieve excellent anchorage and deeper 

penetration of the root zone. 

Strong upright blades ensure a cut above the rest 

There is also evidence that Silicon stimulates a reaction by the 

plant to disease attack, producing a rapid activation of 

peroxides and polyphenoxidases that play an active role in 

plant disease suppression. 

It is especially effective for turf presentation and to enhance 

tolerance to, and recovery from, plant stresses. 



Area of use Spike Water Volume Area 

Golf and bowling greens, 

10 litres 300-500 litres 10,000m2 

tees, fairways, sports pitches 




“ 

Spike was used 10 days before finals day in August and 

the greens showed noticeable improvement within 4 

days. Grass leaf blades were noticeably more upright, 

allowing better quality of cut and consequently improved 

ball roll. This continued after the finals day, prompting many 

favourable comments. 

” 

Head Greenkeeper, Southport Old Links 

103 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱PROPEL-R 

Wetting agent – advanced 

generation of water management 

solutions 

WHY PROPEL-R 

❱ New technology with soil micelle 

interaction 

❱ Advanced formulation gives complete 

soil wetting 

❱ Reduces soil water repellency to zero 

❱ Transports moisture away from the surface 

❱ Improves water and air balance in the rootzone 

❱ Enhances the soil rhizosphere diversity and activity 

The unique formulation of Propel-R uses distinctive 

micelles to attract both water and hydrophobic soil 

particles together. The micelles are arranged in rods and 

multiply significantly the sites in which water can be 

reserved for use by the plant roots and other beneficial 

organisms in the rhizosphere. 

The micelle rods also have a lower friction coefficient 

than standard wetting agents, which allows Propel-R to 

pass more rapidly into the soil profile. The speed at which 

the wetting agent is dispersed through the soil profile 

greatly improves the reaction to Dry Patch flare-ups. 

Industry 

standard 

partial soil 

wetting 

Propel-R 

complete 

soil wetting 

The arrangements of the micelle rods 

are hexagonal in structure, which ensure 

a consistent and complete permeation 

of moisture within the root-zone 

Tank mixing 

recommendations are 

shown on page 116 

Propel-R Liquid 

Contains: 100% polysorbate polyoxu ethylene 

co-polymer-linked surfactants 

Pack size: 10 litres. Also 120 & 200 litre drums 



Propel-R Granules 




Propel-R Tablets 

Pack size: 25 tablet 


RT order code: 0423963/ SD Tablets 

0423962/ HD Tablets 


Area of use Propel-R Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, tees, bowling greens 1 litres 35-45 litres 500m 2 



Area of use Propel-R Granules Area 

Golf greens, tees, bowling greens 10kg 500m 2 




0800 424919 104

How Propel-R works 

Prevention is always better than cure Turf grass that has been 

drought-stressed will exhaust valuable reserves in an attempt to 

restore its natural balance of strength and health, leaving it prone 

to diseases and the inability to withstand and recover from 

mechanical injury. Maintaining a balanced air/water ratio in the 

root zone will inhibit the development of hydrophobic lipids that 

can have such a weakening affect on plants and preserve the 

plants metabolism and become more resistant to stress. 

Regular applications of Propel-R will ensure the rootzone is in the 

best condition to supply the necessary moisture and nutrient 

transport for optimal plant development. 

Soil Water Repellency Results 

Rooting: When turf is severely affected by Dry Patch the rooting of the 

grass can be significantly restricted. Plants with a shallow and poorly 

developed rootzone are in turn more susceptible to drought and will 

wilt and eventually die. Propel-R keeps moisture in the tiny spaces 

between sand and soil particles and encourages the plant root to 

produce fine root hairs that can utilise this moisture and thus minimise 

the effects of drought stress. 

Trial 1. Water Efficiency 

(Mean of trials on replicated plots) 

Comparison of Propel-R with the industry standard and 

untreated plots* to study the ability of rootzones to 

receive and benefit from irrigation. 

Analyses of the percentage of water entering the 

rootzone after 20 minutes. Measurements were taken 

every 20 minutes after an irrigation cycle to determine 

water receptivity. 

Untreated = 2% Industry standard = 16% 

Trial 2. Soil Water Repellency – 

M.E.D Values * 

(Mean of trials on replicated plots) 

Trial to compare Propel-R with the industry standard and 

untreated plots* to study the response times of water 

entering the rootzone and the maintenance of an M.E.D 

value below the critical 1.0 level. 

MED = molarity of ethanol droplet 

MED values typically range from 0 (no 

hydrophobicity) to 4 (extreme hydrophobicity) 

Propel-R = 22% 

Propel-R gave the greatest benefit 

* Trials took place on plots with rootzones that had an M.E.D Value of 2.4 

❱PROPEL-R GRANULES 

Using the same formulation as the liquid, Propel-R Granules has an 

advanced dust free, uniform granular carrier specifically developed 

for turf application. 

Initial application made in March when the M.E.D value 

was 1.9. A second treatment was made after 14 days 

and then at monthly intervals. 

Propel-R gave the greatest benefit in the 

speed of response and the length of 

time M.E.D values were kept below the 

critical 1.0 value level. 

* M.E.D – Values ranged from 0.0 – 3.0 – Any value over 1.0 is classified as hydrophobic 

❱PROPEL-R TABLETS 

& APPLICATOR GUN 

Propel-R Tablets are formulated using advanced surfactant 

technology and are the latest development of the hose-end 

application. Containing Amino 

Acids, these tablets not only 

provide superior control of Dry 

Patch but enhance recovery of 

the damaged turf. 

Available in both standard 

density (SD), and high density 

(HD) for use when water pressure 

is over 5 bar. 

105 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱BREAKER BIOLINKS 

Wetting agent – Dry Patch and root 

regeneration in one application 

WHY BREAKER BIOLINKS 

❱ Curative and preventative activity against 

Dry Patch – as confirmed by STRI 

❱ A proven solution for water 

management problems in turf 

❱ Combats summer stress 

❱ Balances soil moisture content 

❱ Improves turf colour and quality 

❱ Contains natural phytohormones 


Standard Wetter 

Partial Immersion: 

Many soil particles remain 

untreated 

Pack size: 12.5 litres 

Also available in 120 and 200 

litre drums 




Area of use Breaker BioLinks Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1.25 litres 35-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 3.75 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 



Complete Immersion: 

Every soil particle becomes 

treated 

How Breaker BioLinks works 

Complete Immersion Technology 

Built upon the success of Breaker Dynamic, with its 

Complete Immersion Technology, Breaker BioLinks 

offers increased curative powers against Dry Patch 

and enhanced soil moisture management. 

Advanced triple action 

A powerful three-way combination that provides 

rapid wetting of the surface, a penetrant to drive 

the active ingredient down into the root zone and 

a third ingredient ensures the soil profile retains a 

re-wetting ability. 

Integrated source of plant growth hormones 

The Breaker BioLinks formulation stimulates root regeneration 

and provides natural moisture retention. It is 

the proven answer to Dry Patch and water-related 

problems on all turf surfaces, especially links golf courses 

and other sand based rootzones. 

✱ Programmed approach – virtually eliminates water 

repellancy 

✱ Excellent rootzone penetration – fast re-wetting 

✱ Promotes strong root growth, sward strength and colour 

✱ Achieves dry surface whilst maintaining soil moisture 

balance 




0800 424919 106

STRI results prove it! 

Independent research carried out by the STRI in 2009 which included leading wetting agents, showed that Breaker 

BioLinks, when applied preventatively, reduced the severity of Dry Patch, improved turf colour, turf quality and soil 

moisture content. 

In addition, 

“Applied after the rootzone had dried (curatively), only Breaker BioLinks improved turf quality 

and reduced Dry Patch severity.” 

Wetting and spreading 

This agent reduces surface tension of water droplets so they 

can spread more readily across the turf surface. Increases 

the speed at which excess surface water is moved down into 

the rootzone. 

Conventional Wetters 

Water droplets falling onto 

grass surface 


spreads water over the 

surface to a far greater extent 

Re-Wetting 

Breaker BioLinks moves through hydrophobic layers and 

works up to 30% deeper in the rootzone. This ensures uniform 

wetting of the soil profile rather than just the surface or thatch 

layer and improves the air:moisture balance to allow the 

roots to penetrate beyond the Dry Patch zone. 

With Breaker BioLinks a visible response by the turf can be 

seen in 48 hours when applied with irrigation and a dry soil will 

be totally re-wetted in 4-6 hours. 

Programmed Approach 

Breaker BioLinks has been developed to work both on a 

preventative and curative level. 

Due to the residual activity of Breaker BioLinks in the rootzone a 

concentration of wetting agent increases in line with the 

number of applications during the season. This cumulative effect 

has significant benefits when Dry Patch becomes most 

prevalent during July/August. 

Conventional Wetters 


Biological Recuperation 

Breaker BioLinks contains 

phytohormones (auxins, cytokinins, 

betaines, gibberelins) derived from 

kelp extract obtained from selective, 

refined Hebridean-sourced seaweed. 

The integration of these components 

into the water management 

programme promotes regeneration of 

damaged root systems and relief from 

summer stress. 

107 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱BREAKER DYNAMIC 

Wetting agent – proven surfactant 

technology for the management of 

water-related problems 

WHY BREAKER DYNAMIC 

❱ Superb control and prevention of 

Dry Patch 

❱ Maximises irrigation efficiency 

– make best use of the water you apply 

❱ Improved penetration system gets active 

even deeper into the soil, even through 

hydrophobic layers 

❱ Moves moisture away from turf surface 

❱ Encourages improved root growth 

❱ Extremely safe to turf, no risk of scorch 

❱ Liquid, granular, tablet and fairway formulations 

How Breaker Dynamic works 

Dry Patch results from a build up of organic 

matter on soil particles caused by fungal mycelium 

deposits, such as those left behind following Fairy 

Rings. This deposit is made up of waxes and lipids 

and is highly water-repellent – a hydrophobic 

coating that prevents water from attaching to, and 

wetting, the soil. Breaker Dynamic can attach to 

both water and the organic coating on the soil 

particles to provide a ‘bridge’ or link between two 

otherwise incompatible substances; this allows the soil to 

be re-hydrated. 

The Breaker formulation chemistry alters the structure of 

water molecules to allow them to spread out giving 

maximum coverage over the soil surface. The penetrants 

then ensure water is moved down both horizontally and 

vertically within the soil profile to where it is needed in the 

rootzone. 

Tank mixing 

recommendations are 

shown on page 116 


Breaker Dynamic Liquid 

Contains: Polyoxyalkylene glycol surfactants 

and soil penetrant 

Pack size: 10 litres, 120 & 200 litre drums 

Pack coverage: 5,000 sq.m (Programme) 

2,000 sq.m (Single) 


Breaker Dynamic Granules 




Breaker Dynamic Tablets 

Pack size: 25 tablets 


RT order code: 0423902/ SD Tablets 

0423903/ HD Tablets 


APPLICATION RATES – PROGRAMME APPLICATION 

Area of use Breaker Dynamic Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 35-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 3 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 


APPLICATION RATES – SINGLE SEASON APPLICATION 

Area of use Breaker Dynamic Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 2.5 litres 225 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, 7.5 litres 675 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 50 litres 4,500 litres 1 ha 


Area of use Breaker Dynamic Granules Area 



Golf fairways, sportsfields 100kg 5,000m 2 

Large areas 200kg 10,000m 2 

0800 424919 108

Sand particles 

Soil particles 

Water-repellent 

organic material 

Breaker 

Dynamic 

Surfactant 

Without Breaker Dynamic 

Water is repelled from the soil particles 

by the presence of water repellent 

organic material 

With Breaker Dynamic 

Breaker Dynamic Surfactant forms a 

bridge between the water repellent 

organic material and the water allowing 

the soil to be rehydrated 

The chemistry used in Breaker Dynamic is an 

extremely long repeating chain of tri-block copolymer 

surfactants, which allow different 

chemical properties to be combined into one 

active. Surfactants are selected that have 

superior spreading properties, excellent 

penetration and long term rewetting. These are 

all blended to make up Breaker Dynamic. 

Breaker Dynamic 

...thirst aid for turf! 


GRANULES 

Breaker Dynamic Granules use the same formulation as the liquid product 

but utilises an advanced dust free, uniform granular carrier specifically 

developed for turf application. 


TABLETS 

& APPLICATOR GUN 

Breaker Dynamic Tablets + AA are the latest development of the hose-end 

wetting agent tablets utilising Breaker Dynamic surfactant technology. 

Amino Acids have been included in the 

formulation to enhance recovery of the turf. 

They are available in both standard density 

(SD) and high density (HD) for use when 

water pressure is over 5 bar. 

Designed for use with the Breaker Dynamic 

Applicator Gun to spot-treat individual areas 

of Dry Patch. The applicator is fitted with a 

Cloudburst Nozzle giving large droplets and 

an outstanding fan pattern. 

❱BREAKER FAIRWAY 

Fairway products contain the Breaker Dynamic formulation but are specially 

modified to make them ideal for use on fairways and outfield areas. All are 

applied at 40 litres per ha in 400 litres of water and are available in 200 litre 

containers giving up to 5ha of coverage. 

Number 1: Standard formulation. 

Number 2: Includes 2% Fe (chelated) +2% Seaweed 

Number 3: Includes 2% Fe (chelated) +2% Seaweed 

+2% Amino Acids + 2% Carbohydrate 

109 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱BREAKER 

CURATIVE 2 

Wetting agent – cures water 

repellency and reinstates water 

receptivity, acting directly on the 

cause of Dry Patch 

WHY BREAKER CURATIVE 2 

❱ A unique blend of organic components 

that break down the hydrophobic 

materials which bind to sand particles 

in the soil profile 

❱ Long lasting, effective treatment 

❱ Extremely safe to all types of turf, with no 

adverse effects on soil microbial activity 

❱ Ideally used as a combined programme with 

Breaker Dynamic Liquid 

Electron micrograph of sand 

grain with waxy coating formed 

by soil inhabiting fungi of the 

type that cause Fairy Rings 


Electron micrograph of sand 

grain having been treated with 

Breaker Curative 2 

Contains: Aqueous hydrophobic polymers 


200 litres 

Pack coverage: 5,000 sq.m (10 litres) 

10 ha (200 litres) 

RT order code: 0423859/010 (10 litres) 

0423859/200 (200 litres) 


Area of use Breaker Curative 2 Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1litres 50 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens, cricket squares 3 litres 150 litres 1,500m 2 

Golf fairways, sportsfields 20 litres 1,000 litres 1 ha 

How Breaker Curative 2 works 

It is the unique Tenside Hydrophobe Chemistry in 

Breaker Curative 2 that targets the water repellent materials 

which bind to the sand particles that make the rootzone 

unable to re-wet. The mild cleansing action removes the 

waxy materials and places them in solution, which means 

they can be flushed from the rootzone profile. As Breaker 

Curative 2 keeps the materials in a true solution, they cannot 

re-attach themselves to the sand particles. 

Combined Breaker Curative 2 and 

Breaker Dynamic applications 

Breaker Curative 2 will cure soil water repellency but will not 

help water penetrate through and maintain even moisture 

distribution in the rootzone. Breaker Curative 2 is best 

applied as part of a combined application programme with 

Breaker Dynamic liquid or other high quality wetting agents. 

If water droplets do not penetrate into air-dried soil cores 

within one minute then the soil may be considered to be 

water repellent. This technique is extremely useful in 

assessing whether a wetting agent or other material has had 

an effect on soil water repellency. 

Trials on 100% sand rootzones and USGA rootzone 

constructions have shown the reduction in soil water 

repellency that can be achieved using a Breaker Curative 

2/Breaker Dynamic liquid programme. (See website for 

details). 




0800 424919 110

❱HYDROPRO-2 

Wetting agent – non-ionic reverse 

block co-polymer for the control 

of localised Dry Patch, and the 

management of water related 

problems in amenity turf 

WHY HYDROPRO-2 

❱ Consistent control and prevention of 

Dry Patch 

❱ Moves water from surface to rehydrate 

rootzone 

❱ Reverse block co-polymer improves 

longevity between application 

❱ Customized programmed approach 

❱ Effective and economical solution to 

treating water repellent soils 

❱ Enhanced plant health 

How HydroPro-2 works 

Localised Dry Patch develops when waxy lipids are 

created from organic matter by fungal mycelium in root 

zones. These lipids coat soil/sand particles and effectively 

create a barrier to the infiltration of moisture, creating a water 

repellent root zone. 

HydroPro-2 is a long chain polymer-based molecule; where 

one end is hydrophilic (likes water) and the other end is 

hydrophobic (prefers the waxy coated soil particles). When 

applied to a turf root zone the molecules attach themselves to 

the hydrophobic soil particles, the opposite end is then free to 

retain water and subsequently re-hydrate the soil. The benefit 

of using a reverse block co-polymer is that it is degraded more 

slowly by microbial activity than standard block co-polymers 

and retains more of its wetting ability between applications. 

Contains: Block Polymers based on ethylene 

oxide and propylene oxide 

Pack size: 10 litres, 200 litre drums 

Pack coverage: 10 litres: 7,500 m 2 when average 

daily air temperature is between 

5° & 15°C. 

5,000 m 2 when average daily air 

temperatures are higher than 15°C. 



Area of use HydroPro-2 Water Volume Area 

15° 

Golf greens and tees 750ml 1lts 35-45 litres 500m 2 

Bowling greens 2.5 litres 3 litres 105-135 litres 1,500m 2 

Fairways, sportsfields 15 litres 20 litres 700-900 litres 1 ha 



Application Rates 

Apply monthly from March to October. However, due to its 

reverse structure, when temperatures are moderate during this 

growing period, a standard rate of 15 litres/ha is the optimal 

application rate. As temperatures rise and both, microbial 

activity and evapotranspiration rates increase, it is 

recommended that the application rate is increased to 20 

litres/ha. 


111 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱PENETR8-R 

An effective, rapid pre-conditioner 

of hydrophobic soils prior to 

commencing a standard wetting 

agent programme 

WHY PENETR8-R 

❱ Provides rapid (5 minutes) initial wetting 

of dry, water repellent (hydrophobic) soils 

❱ Moves excess water from soil surface 

and through the soil profile 

❱ Increases the flow of oxygen into and 

through the soil profile 

❱ Ideal for areas prone to drought, 

e.g. bunker tops and ‘hot spots’ 

❱ Assists in ‘flushing through’ excessive salt 

concentrations 

❱ Reduces water ‘puddling’ from low lying hollows 

Contains: Dioctyl sulphosuccinate 

surfactants 

Pack size: 1 litre, 10 litres 

Pack coverage: 10,000 – 20,000 sq.m 

RT order code: 1 litre: 0423970/01 

10- litres: 0423970/010 


How Penetr8-R works 

Provides a 100 x reduction of surface water tension 

(approximately 5 times that of a standard wetting agent) 

which assists the downward flow of water to more easily and 

quickly pulled through soil profile into the drains and 

soakaways. 

A single application will penetrate between 25 and 30cm 

reaching maximum depth within 30 minutes. Penetr8-R will 

not scorch and watering in is not required following 

application. 

PENETR8-R 


Area of use Penetr8-R Water Volume Area 

All amenity and sports 

turf surfaces 

5-10 litres 700 litres 1 ha 

Repeat as necessary (usually 4-6 weeks). 

Where a problem condition is particularly severe, additional 

benefits will be gained by applying Penetr8-R following 

mechanical aeration. 




25-30cm 

30 mins 

0800 424919 112

❱REDEWCER 

A new protectant spray to 

discourage and remove the 

formation of dew on turf surfaces 

WHY REDEWCER 

❱ Effective in preventing dew formation 

on turf 

❱ Improves green speed and ball run 

consistency 

❱ Cost effective with low application rates 

❱ Assists cultural control disease 

management 

❱ Allows maintenance operations to 

commence earlier 

❱ Safe to use – same chemistry used on 

food crops 

How Redewcer works 

Redewcer helps to reinforce existing cuticular wax and 

modifies it so the surface is effectively ‘smoother’. This ensures 

a lower level of moisture holding resistance, which increases 

early water bead formation of surface water on the leaves 

allowing them to more rapidly roll off the leaf, leaving it drier. 

ReDewcer has no detrimental effect on the actions of the 

plants stomata and will not affect transpiration or 

photosynthesis. 

Redewcer – Tank mixed at equivalent of 6 litres in 100 litres of water 

Fungicide Quantity 5 mins 30 mins 120 mins Physical 

Equivalent 

Compatability 

Eland 1.25 kgs H H H/S Compatible 

KEY: S = Sediment 

H = Homogenous 

Tank Mixing Possibilities 



Pack coverage: 2 ha 


Area of use Redewcer Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 500ml 20-30 litres 1,000m 2 

Golf fairways, outfields, sportsfields 5 litres 200-300 litres 1 ha 

Tank Mixing Assessments have been carried out mixing 

Redewcer with Eland. The bench test results are shown 

above. 

Compatibility studies were carried out using Redewcer at a 

slightly higher than normal application rate equivalent to 6 

litres per hectare in reduced water volume equivalent to 

100litres per hectare. Eland was added at normal rate and 

compatibilities were measured at 5, 30 and 120 minute 

intervals. 

The Eland tank mix remained homogenous 2 hours after 

mixing but a small amount of sediment had evolved. 




113 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱DEW-T 

For the rapid and effective 

dispersal of dew formation, 

surface moisture and light frost 

on fine and coarse turf grass 

WHY DEW-T 

❱ Excellent prevention of dew formation 

(up to 14 days). 

❱ Gives a cleaner cut when mowing 

❱ Start mowing operations earlier in the day 

❱ Cultural method of disease management 

❱ Cost effective dew control operation, 

when compared to traditional switching 

and brushing 

❱ Safe to beneficial microbes 

❱ Low application rate and water volume 

How Dew-T works 

Surface moisture on the leaf can provide the optimum 

habitat for diseases such as Fusarium Patch or Dollar Spot. 

Both strive in cool, moist conditions. Dew can also 

encourage moss growth, especially in the Spring and 

Autumn. 

One common solution is the use of a dew brush. This can add 

disturbance to the leaf at times where climate conditions are 

already adding additional stress factors to the turfgrass. They 

can also be labour intensive wasting time and resources. 

Dew-T contains unique polymeric surfactants that have a 

twin mode of action. Firstly they are very effective at 

reducing the surface tension of water molecules thus 

preventing dew formation. Secondly they have a very strong 

binding capacity, which enables them to attach to the 

surface of the waxy leaf surface which causes the moisture 

to run off. 

Trial results of Dew-T 



Pack coverage: 1ha 

Treated 

Untreated 


Area of use Dew-T Water Volume Area 

Golf greens, golf tees 1 litre 50 litres 1,000m 2 

Golf fairways, outfields 10 litres 500 litres 1 ha 

sportsfields 




Untreated 

Dew-T clearly identifies its 

effectiveness when applied 

before dew formation is 

prominent 

Treated 

Dew-T shows the effectiveness 

on golf greens and surrounds 

0800 424919 114

❱MICROCAL 

Micro-granulated form 

of Calcium Carbonate 

for correcting acidic pH 

imbalances 

How Microcal works 

Microcal is a micro-granulated form of Carbonate of Lime, 

making application a dust-free and simple operation. It helps to 

re-dress the pH balance in soils that are too acidic. 

When experiencing excessive acidic conditions apply Microcal, 

followed by regular pH tests to ascertain if further applications 

are required. 






“ 

Our main stadium pitch is marked 

out for our football matches using 

a transfer wheel machine and Duraline 

Stadia and Standard paints. These give 

us an excellent bright line and the lasting 

qualities we require. For the training 

grounds however, where we have 

multiple pitches we have four iGO 

machines that apply Impact XP ready to 

use spray marker paint. All our staff like 

these machines, they are easy to use, 

allow us to apply lines very quickly and 

though we have trialed other systems 

we find the Impact system to be the 

best for our needs. 

” 

Steve Winterburn 


Brighton & Hove Albion Football Club 

115

❱TANK MIX 

COMPATABILITY CHART 

ACTIVATE R-ERD 

ACTIVATE R-ERD 

ACTIVATE XL 

AMINO-FORM LX 

BIOPLEX LIQUID 

BREAKER BIO-LINKS 

BREAKER CURATIVE 

BREAKER DYNAMIC 

BREAKER FAIRWAY 

INTEGRATE PLUS 

IRON COMPLEX 

K-FORM 

CAL-FORM 

MAG-FORM 

MAGNET VELOCITE 

MANGANAZE 

MICRODYNE 

MICROFLOW 18-2-6 



PHOS-FORM 

PROPEL-R 

SWARD 

TRI-MATE 


ACTIVATE XL 

AMINO-FORM LX 

BIOPLEX LIQUID 

BREAKER BIO-LINKS 

BREAKER CURATIVE 

BREAKER DYNAMIC 

BREAKER FAIRWAY 

CAL-FORM 

INTEGRATE PLUS 

IRON COMPLEX 

K-FORM 

MAG-FORM 

MAGNET VELOCITE 

MANGANAZE 

MICRODYNE 





PHOS-FORM 

PROPEL-R 

SWARD 

TRI-MATE 

KEY 

Blockade, Dew-T, Spike, Soluble Iron are all stand-alone products and are not recommended for tank mixing 

Tank mixable. Synergism indicated. 

Not tank mixable 

‘Synergism’: The working together of two 

elements that produces an effect that is greater 

than the sum of their individual effects when 

applied alone. 

✱ Rigby Taylor does not advocate tank mixing pesticides with each 

other, or other products, unless the particular tank mix is specifically 

recommended, and is in accordance with the approved label for 

those products concerned. 

✱ Do not mix more than two products together in any one application. 

If making a tank mix for the first time apply to a small area first to 

establish safety and desired effects. Always follow the highest water 

rates indicated on the labels of the products concerned. Read 

product label before use. 

0800 424919 116

Manufacturers of ‘World Class’ 

Nets and Sports Equipment 

Football Goals, Nets & Ground Equipment 

Tennis Posts, Nets & Court Equipment 

www.edsports.co.uk 

Ball Stop Net & Post Systems 

Cricket Nets & Ground Equipment 

Nets, Posts & Ground Equipment 

Manufactured In The UK 

For full details, or to request a full catalogue, 

contact your Rigby Taylor representative

GRASS SEED 


Product 

Golf & Bowls 

Fairways Deep Cricket Cricket 

Greens Tees & Semi- Rough Walkways Squares Outfields 

Rough 

R25 CRT 

R140 

Tetraploid, Creeping & Diploid Rye Blend 

Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

Sports Field Renovation Tetraploid & Diploid Ryegrass Blend 

R314 Rye 

Eco-Sport CRT 

R6 CRT 

Super Root 

R460 

R1 

R2 

R117 

R105 

R103 

Cobra Nova 

R116 

R5 

Pure Fescue 

3-way Fescue 

R4 

R8 

R9 

R91 

R14 

R14 CR 

R11 

R41 

R13 

R15 

Cool Temperature Ryegrass Repair 

Tetraploid & Creeping Rye with Micro-clover 

Tetraploid & Creeping Rye with Fine Fescues 

Tetraploid & Creeping Rye with Red Fescue 

Rhizomatous Tall Fescue & Tetraploid Ryegrass 

Fescue & Bent 

Fescue & Bent 

100% Fine Red Fescue 

100% Browntop Bentgrass Blend 


100% Creeping Bent 

Ultra Fine Rye & Fescue 

100% Fescue Blend 

100% Multi-fescue Blend 

100% Red Fescue Blend 

Species Rich 

Fine Rye & Fescue 

100% Ultra Fine Rye 

100% Fine Rye Blend 

100% Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

Creeping Perennial Ryegrass Blend 



Rye & Creeping Red Fescue 

Rye & Smooth-stalked Meadowgrass 

0800 424919 118

Sports 

Tennis 

Courts 

iCONOLOGY 

Teraploid Technology 

Stronger, deeper rooting, cool 

temperature shoot recovery. 

Exceptional stress tolerance 

Germin8 

Liquid seed dressing improves 

germination and enhances 

plant establishment 

Equestrian 

Lacrosse Sports Winners Polo Page 

& Games Pitches Racecourses Enclosures Pitches Number 

Fields 

122 

122 

122 

122 

123 

123 

123 

123 

124 

124 

124 

125 

125 

125 

125 

126 

126 

126 

126 

127 

127 

127 

128 

128 

128 

129 

129 

129 

Shade Tolerant 

Selected for shade tolerance 

characteristics 

Drought Tolerant 

Mixtures that show tolerance to 

high temperatures and drought 

Wear Tolerant 

Resists surface wear and 

provides rapid re-establishment 

Salt Tolerant 

Tolerance to conditions where 

salinity is a problem 

Cold Tolerant 

Excellent tolerance to low 

temperatures 

Close Mow Tolerant 

Tolerance to close cutting 

Disease Tolerant 

Good resistance to disease attack 

All Year Round Colour 

Provides good colour over a 

12 month period 

Fine Leaved 

For areas where a finer grass 

surface is required 

Produces Stronger Roots 

Excellent root anchorage and 

improved nutrient uptake 

Produces Cleaner Cut 

Reduces surface discolouration 

and disease infection 

Rapid Establishment 

Strong growth characteristics 

offer early surface playabliity 

High Shoot Density 

Provides a dense surface that 

resists wear and weed 

establishment 

119 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱GRASS SEED TECHNOLOGY 

This is Tetraploid Technology 

Having double the number of 

chromosomes, including 

chloroplast for chlorophyll 

production, is what makes 

tetraploid perennial ryegrasses 

high vigour and extremely stresstolerant 

plants. 

Fastest establishment, particularly when renovation 

windows are short and repairs are urgent is a 

distinct benefit at any time of year. 

Cool Performer 

Tetraploids germinate and establish faster than diploid 

ryes, especially in cooler conditions from just 4°C and 

superior winter wear and robust re-growth helps keep 

surfaces in play thoughout this intense pressure period. 

Tetraploid 

Tetrastar 

Leaf Spot Microdochium Red Thread Rust 

7.5 8.3 7.8 8.3 

Fabian 

Leaf Spot Microdochium Red Thread Rust 

7.5 7.9 8.1 8.3 

Geves Turfgrass List 

Energised 

Double chlorophyll gives the capability to harness more 

available light for energy. Proven response in the shade 

and wear stadium light trial at Les Alleuds Research 

Station, the latest cultivar Tetrastar is the highest 

performing, with 7% greater wear tolerance than its 

nearest rival in these conditions. 

Tetraploid 

Tetraploid 

Diploid 

Diploid 

The Rigby Taylor Sports Wear 

Trial at STRI concluded R140 

tetraploid blend delivered 

superior winter wear 

performance compared to 

diploid blends. 

Hot Stuff 

Higher root mass delivers greater drought tolerance and 

stability, vital for heat survival and for surfaces without 

irrigation. 

“Go-to” Choice 

Delivering the fastest germination, establishment and 

survival in a wide range of conditions, tetraploids 

blended with diploid ryes or fescues have fast become 

reliable performers that always deliver. Eight distinctly 

different mixtures for stadiums, training grounds, sports 

fields, racecourses, cricket outfields, golf courses and 

landscaping make them the “go-to” choice for 2017. 

The Wembley pitch 12 days after 

sowing R140 and R14CR 

Toughen Up 

Selecting cultivars with high disease tolerance is a vital 

part of an integrated management approach. The 

official testing programme for the GEVES Turfgrass List 

highlights great tolerance in tetraploid cultivars to Leaf 

Spot, Microdochium, Red Thread and Rust diseases, as 

the following chart shows. 

0800 424919 120

“ 

Founded in 1872, Furness Golf 

Club is the 3rd oldest links and 

6th oldest golf club in England. 

Situated in South Cumbria on the 

Furness peninsular means we 

experience challenging and extreme conditions. 

Salt-laden strong winds off the Irish Sea can desiccate parts of this 

coastal golf course. We experience conditions of both drought and 

exceptional rainfall on a site that has both sand and clay-based soils, 

together with extensive ridge and furrow. 

Having a team of just three greenkeepers for 18 holes it is vital we can 

rely on the right products to help. Grass seed mixtures R117, R105, R116, 

R9, R25CRT and R6CRT have really delivered. 

” 

Alick Mackay 


Furness Golf Club 

121

❱GRASS SEED 

T H E 

25 CRT Tetraploid, Creeping & Diploid Rye Blend 

25% Fabian Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Stolawn Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Duparc Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Columbine Perennial Ryegrass 

R A N G E 

Use for tees, fairways, semi-roughs, cricket behind the 

crease and outfields, tennis, sports pitches, equestrian 

Sowing Rate: 35-50g/sq.m Overseeding Rate: 15-30g/sq.m 

Sowing Depth: 10-15mm Mowing Height: Down to 7mm 

RT ORDER CODE: 0322025/020CRT 

140 

Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass Blend 


25% Tetrastar Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

20% Eurocordus Perennial Ryegrass 


Use for sports pitches, equestrian, main renovation 

and transitional autumn over-seeding 



RT ORDER CODE: 0322140/020 

Sports Field Renovation 

40% Tetragreen Tetraploid Perennial Ryegrass 

30% Greensky Perennial Ryegrass 

30% Greenway Perennial Ryegrass 

Tetraploid & Diploid Rye Blend 

Use for sports and playing fields, equestrian 




314 Rye 

30% Axcella II Annual Ryegrass 



Cold Temperature Ryegrass Repair 

Use for cold temperature divotting and repairs, tees, 

fairways, walkways, sports pitches, equestrian 




0800 424919 122

NEW 

Eco-sport CRT 


20% Fiesta 4 Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 


22.5% Berlioz 1 Perennial Ryegrass 

2.5% Pipolina Micro-clover 

Tetraploid & Creeping Ryegrass with Micro-clover 

Use for low input sports pitches 




6 CRT Tetraploid & Creeping Ryegrass with Fine Fescues 




20% Beudin Slender Creeping Red Fescue 

20% Dumas 1 Hard Fescue 

Use for golf surrounds, tees, fairways, 

semi-roughs, cicket outfields 



RT ORDER CODE: 0322006/020CRT 

NEW 

Super Root 




20% Mystic Strong Creeping Red Fescue 

Tetraploid & Creeping Rye with Creeping Red Fescue 

Use for stabilisation and embankments 




460 

Rhizomatous Tall Fescue & Tetraploid Ryegrass 

25% Grande II Rhizomatous Tall Fescue 

25% Scorpiones Tall Fescue 



Use for airfields, sports pitches, walkways. 

Sow April through September 




123 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱GRASS SEED 

T H E 

1 Fescue & Bent 

25% Greensleeves Chewings Fescue 

25% Greenmile Chewings Fescue 


10% Egmont Browntop Bent 

10% Greenspeed Browntop Bent 

Use for golf and bowling greens 




R A N G E 

2 

Fescue & Bent 


40% Turner 1 Slender Creeping Red Fescue 

20% Denso Browntop Bent 





117 

100% Fine Red Fescues 





Use for golf and bowling greens, tees and fairways 




0800 424919 124

105 



40% Greenspeed Browntop Bent 

20% Manor Browntop Bent 


Sowing Rate: 8g/sq.m Overseeding Rate: 4g/sq.m 

Sowing Depth: Rootzone Mowing Height: Down to 3mm 

contact 


103 



50% Denso Browntop Bent 



Sowing Depth: Rootzone Mowing Height: Down to 3m 

contact 


NEW 

100% Cobra Nova 

No.1 Creeping Bentgrass Turfgrass Seed 2017 

100% Cobra Nova Creeping Bentgrass 

Use for golf greens 


Sowing Depth: Rootzone Mowing Height: Down to 2.5m 

contact 

RT ORDER CODE: 0317232/11.34 

116 

Ultra Fine Rye & Fescue 

30% Clementine Perennial Ryegrass 



Use for rye greens, surrounds, tees and fairways 




125 

www.rigbytaylor.com

5 

100% Fescue Blend 



25% Hastings Strong Creeping Red Fescue 


Use for golf surrounds, tees, fairways and roughs, 

cricket outfields 




Pure Fescue 

Multi-fescue Blend 


20% Quatro Sheeps Fescue 




Use for golf surrounds, tees, fairways and roughs, 





3-way Fescue 100% Red Fescue Blend 

25% Belleaire Chewings Fescue 


50% Mystic Strong Creeping Red Fescue 

Use for golf tees, fairways and roughs 




4 

Species Rich Mixture 






Use for surrounds, tees, fairways, semi-roughs, 





0800 424919 126

8 

Fine Rye & Fescue 

35% Antonella Perennial Ryegrass 



Use for rye greens, tees, fairways, cricket squares 

and outfields, tennis courts, equestrian 




9 

100% Ultra Fine Rye 

30% Clementine Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Antonella Perennial Ryegrass 


20% Gianna Perennial Ryegrass 

Use for rye greens, tees, fairways, cricket squares 

and outfields, tennis courts 




91 

100% Fine Rye Blend 


30% Mercitwo Perennial Ryegrass 


Use for golf tees, fairways, semi-roughs, cricket 

squares and outfields, tennis courts 




127 

www.rigbytaylor.com

14 


20% Eurocordus Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Eurosport Perennial Ryegrasse 

25% Poseidon Perennial Ryegrass 

Use for sports pitches, equestrian 




14 CR 


25% Eurosport Perennial Ryegrass 

25% Berlioz 1 Perennial Ryegrass 

Creeping Perennial Ryegrass Blend 

25% Fiesta 4 Creeping Perennial Ryegrass 




RT ORDER CODE: 0311014/020CR 

11 

100% Perennial Ryegrass 


25% Eurosport Perennial Ryegrass 







0800 424919 128

41 





Use for sports pitches and playing fields 




13 

Rye & Creeping Fescue 




Use for sports fields, equestrian, golf tees, 

fairways and semi-roughs 




15 

Rye with Smooth-stalked Meadowgrass 




20% Greenplay Smooth Stalked Meadow Grass 

Use for sports pitches, equestrian, golf tees, 

fairways and semi-roughs 




❱ HOW MANY 20kg bags of seed you will 

need for certain sports pitches at specific 


– see Quantity Guides chart on page 175 

129 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Barbarians, All Blacks & Australia 

“ 

We overseeded during the first week of July and 

played our first game on the new sward during the 

last week of August. Since then R140 has certainly 

lived up to expectations and has established an excellent 

root development in terms of root depth and structure – so 

much better than we ever had. 

Everyone’s expectations for the quality of our playing 

surfaces are increasingly being raised and R140 is 

definitely helping us to meet those demands. We 

have hosted training sessions for the Barbarians, the 

All Blacks and Australia, which says so much about 

pitch standards. These professionals sometimes use 

the pitches for up to three hours at a time and I’m 

glad to say the surfaces have withstood the heavy 

wear and tear that such sessions create. 

” 

Dale Gleed 


Latymer Upper School, Hammersmith 

Euro 2016 Pitches 

“ 

The England team Euro 2016 training 

pitches at Chantilly were superb as, 

where possible, we try to replicate the 

quality of surface that the players are used to 

when training at St. George’s Park or playing 

at Wembley. 

The pitches were overseeded with 

Rigby Taylor’s R140 and R14CR 

seed mixtures and rapidly 

outcompeted the existing grasses 

to bring them up to the standard 

required. Both mixtures were 

treated with 

” 

Germin-8 seed 

treatment. 

Alan Ferguson 

FA Group Head of 

Grounds & Estates 

Middlesbrough FC 

“ 

We use different grass mixtures from the 

Rigby Taylor ‘R’ Range on different 

pitches – including R11 on the academy 

pitches and R14 on six pitches including the two 

‘match’ pitches. This allows us to achieve top 

results within budget whilst also providing the 

required standard of playing surfaces. 

The R11 100% perennial ryegrass gives rapid 

establishment with all-year-round colour and is 

particularly disease tolerant; R14 (also used at 

the stadium) boosts rapid establishment 

and high tolerance to wear and disease, 

plus all-year-round colour; the R14CR 

creeping perennial rye has all the above 

features plus provides a cleaner cut and 

” 

extra-strong roots. 

Neil Rogers 


Middlesbrough FC 

Rockliffe Park Training Complex 

0800 424919 130

A breakthrough in grass seed treatment, stimulating and 

supporting accelerated germination and emergence 

Germin-8 is a potent liquid cocktail of specialty penetrating surfactants, 

nutrients and sugars, pre-applied to each individual grass seed and 

activated when the seed comes into contact with moisture in the rootzone. 

Successful seed establishment has three key phases: 

1 Germination 

When rootzone moisture is present, the 

speciality surfactant in Germin-8, with its 

penetrant properties provides effective 

penetration of water into the seed by 

lowering the surface tension. 

At the active germination stage, each 

emerging seedling has immediate access to 

a highly beneficial package of targeted 

nutrients, sugars and micronised 

mycorrhizae. 

2 

Emergence 

Accelerated germination enables the 

emerging plants to benefit from 

applications of pre-seed fertilizer and biostimulants, 

such as Activate R, to significantly 

increase speed of establishment. 

Grass seed 

showing 

growth at 8°C 

just 10 days 

after treatment 

Untreated 

Germin-8 

treated 

3 

Establishment 

Germin-8 offers particular benefits under 

cold, wet climatic conditions, leading to 

higher plant survival following renovation. 

As a liquid seed treatment, there is no risk of 

broken coating particles or dust and with 

just a maximum 2% increase in weight there 

is no requirement to increase seed sowing 

above the recommended rates. 

❱ 

Increases in germination achieved after just 10 days 

❱Perennial ryegrass 13% 

❱Red Fescue 26% 

❱Smooth stalked meadow grass 83% 

❱Browntop bent 100% 

The benefits 

❱ Faster germination in adverse cold, 

wet environmental conditions 

❱ Stimulates rapid cell division for faster 

germination and emergence 

❱ Early root mass development to aid 

faster establishment 

❱ Accelerated healthy leaf extension 

to arrive quickly at 3-leaf stage 

❱ Higher plant survival following 

renovation 

❱ Long term symbiotic health benefits 

❱ No dust, no increase in seed sowing 

rate 

131 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱GOLF, SPORTS & AMENITY TURF 

Quality and consistency are the 

hallmarks of Rigby Taylor turf 

The quality of our turf benefits from the use of high quality cultivars 

selected for their highest purity. 

Greens Turf 

Available either grown on 100% sand to USGA 

specification or on an indigenous sandy loam 

topsoil. The seed mixture used is 50% browntop 

bent and 50% fescue, giving a predominately 

bent sward at maturity. 

50% Browntop bent 

25% Slender creeping red fescue 

25% Chewings fescue 

Mowing height for greens: 3-5mm. 

100% Fescue Turf 

Blends of slender and Chewings fescue plus 

slender, Chewings and hard fescue are 

available for all areas of the golf course. 



20% Hard Fescue 

Rye Greens & Tees Turf 

Comprises ultra-fine ryegrass and red fescues for 

a fine, dense, hard-wearing sward. 

40% Dwarf amenity ryegrass 


20% Chewings Fescue 

Mowing height for tees: 10-12mm. 

Fairway Turf 

This hard wearing grade of turf is available as 

ryegrass and red fescues or ryegrass, red fescue 

and smooth-stalked meadowgrass 


20% Smoothstalked meadowgrass 



Mowing height for fairways: 18-30mm. 

Heavy Traffic Turf 

A drought and salt tolerant turf with a rooting 

depth capability of 1.5m and a good degree of 

wear tolerance. 

85% Tall fescue 


Mowing height for pathways: 25-40mm 

Winter Sport Turf 

A mix of extremely hard wearing sports perennial 

ryegrasses and smooth-stalked meadowgrass, all 

highly rated for wear tolerance in Turf Grass Seed 


30% Smooth stalked meadowgrass 

Preparation & Aftercare 

Pre-preparation of the soil surface prior to 

laying turf is vital. For best results lay the turf 

on the day of delivery. Once the turf has 

been laid, make sure that it is kept damp 

(without overwatering) until the roots have 

anchored it firmly to the soil. You can start 

mowing the turf as soon as the surface feels 

firm enough to walk on. 

An application of Activate R, containing 

Enhanced Root Developer (ERD) will assist the 

rooting establishment process. With our 

Greens turf on USGA rootzone, it’s advisable 

to apply a fungicide, as insurance, soon after 

laying. Although the turf will have had 

prophylactic fungicide treatments during 

production, the stress of lifting and transport 

can make the turf more susceptible to 

Fusarium. 

Following the laying, take the cutting height 

down slowly over the following weeks, never 

cutting off more than a third of the leaf at 

any one time. 

A professional laying service for big rolls is 

available when required. Laying is 

undertaken using bespoke equipment. 

Where time is short, 10,000 sq.m can be laid 

in 24 hours. Ask your Rigby Taylor 

representative for more details. 

Sizes & Weights 

Rigby Taylor turf is supplied in three formats 

depending on requirements. 

Type Width Area Weight 

Big Roll 600mm 15 sq.m 500 kg 

Big Roll 1200mm 25 sq.m 800 kg 

Small Roll 600mm 1 sq.m 15 kg 

Distribution 

Rigby Taylor operate from three 

strategically placed branches 

throughout mainland UK. Delivery is 

undertaken nationwide and the turf can 

be supplied in both small and big-roll 

format. A tailored delivery service offers 

the flexibility of Moffet, Hiab or tail-lift 

offloads. 

0800 424919 132

❱SELECTED FLOWER MIXTURES 

Urban Flowers 

New solutions for ornamental flower displays 

Euroflor flowers support bio-diversity and enhance the 

landscape, providing pollen, nectar, colour and interest 

for a multitude of amenity areas, including golf courses, 

public parks, roadside verges and roundabouts, 

riverbanks and reclamation land. 

Selected mixtures include annual, biennial and perennial 

species of native, naturalized and garden cultivars. 

Spectacular flower meadows, borders and displays can 

be created that are attractive to the eye and provide 

food and habitat to insects, birds and mammals. 

A diverse range of user experiences under a range of UK 

conditions from the north of Scotland to Cornwall 

ensures that the mixtures are suitable under differing 

climatic conditions and soil types. Four additional Euroflor 

mixes have been added for 2017: Celebrate, Posy, 

Chameleon and Reviva. 

The Euroflor benefits 

✿ Low installation and maintenance costs 

✿ Long lasting flower displays 

✿ High visual impact 

✿ Supports bio-diversity 

✿ An invaluable source of nectar and pollen 

✿ Germination tested 

Key Mixtures for Golf Courses 

Honey 

Flora Brittanica 

Valuable source of nectar & pollen 

Contains 100% native and 

naturalized UK species for a more 

natural aesthetic around the course 

Rainbow Annuals For high impact flower displays 

around clubhouses 

Ground Cover Low growing, perfect alongside 

driveways 

Sarah Bouquet Maximum diversity while avoiding 

dominance of bright colours 

Souvenir 

100% commemorative poppies 

Sarah Bouquet 

Souvenir 

133 

www.rigbytaylor.com

A colourful new approach 

to managing amenity areas 

Euroflor brings economic, 

environmental and cultural benefits 

The use of Euroflor flower mixtures for this new 

approach is beneficial in 3 specific areas: 

ECONOMIC 

✿ Reduces operating costs 

✿ Optimises human and material resources 

✿ Reduces water consumption 

✿ Encourages eco-responsible purchases of supplies 

and treatment products 

ENVIRONMENTAL 

✿ Conserves biodiversity 

✿ Limits risk of pollution, by reduced use of chemical 

applications 

✿ Optimises the management of natural resources 

✿ Introduces more ecological practices 

✿ Improves water management (less irrigation 

required, optimum watering etc.) 

CULTURAL 

✿ Added value to the landscape and natural spaces 

✿ Maintains horticultural know-how 

✿ Leads to the acquisition of new expertise and plays 

an educational role in environmental awareness 

A Monmouthshire County 

Council pollinator policy case 

study showed major savings by 

sowing Euroflor mixtures. Strategic 

locations were selected where 

urban flower mixes would look 

best, such as roundabouts, 

housing estates, trunk roads and 

motorways, and determined that 

Euroflor urban flower mixes would 

replace 85% of annual bedding. 

A printed Case Study is available. 

For a copy, contact your Rigby 

Taylor representative or 

FreePhone 0800 424 919. 

0800 424919 134

meadow-makers 

In Solihull, West Midland, Amey’s 

regional groundscare contracts operation 

undertook a sowing of the Euroflor Sarah 

Bouquet urban meadow flower seed mixture. 

“By sowing the urban flower mix in an area that 

is traditionally grass and cut by Amey 18 times a 

year, we’ve created a visually impressive display 

that has transformed an area of usually dull 

grassland. Not only has it attracted positive 

comments but reduced the cutting frequency 

down to just once a year.”" 

Tim McGibbon 

Amey Regional Contracts Manager 

Solihull 

“In conjunction with a tee renovation, it was necessary to change 

the course of a stream and because the banks were bare we 

decided to sow some Euroflor urban meadow flower seed in 

order to give some visual aesthetics to the hole. 

The flower seed mixtures used were Ground Cover and Honey, 

which encouraged visits by bees resulting in the production of 

some fantastic honey! The club membership was completely 

taken by the flower display and received many accolades 

through the season from visitors and garden enthusiasts. 

We had colour all the way into the latter part of October right up 

to the first frosts.” 

Scott Gibson 

Course Manager 

St. Enodoc Golf Club, Cornwall 

“Euroflor flower seed was sown on the course in March 2016 

between holes fifteen and sixteen. It has been a great success 

not only by reducing maintenance but also providing great 

colour and interest for course members to enjoy. Following on 

from this success we are now planning to continue and extend 

the programme to other areas around the golf course.” 

Paul Hamilton 


Ralston Golf Club 

A comprehensive EuroFlor Urban Flower Seeds 

brochure is available. For a free copy, contact 

your area representative 

or call Freephone 0800 424 919 

135 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱DISCOVERY BOXES 

Give Nature a helping hand while discovering your favourite colours and textures 

Rigby Taylor has created two Discovery Boxes containing the essential collection of flower seed 

mixtures for autumn or spring sowing. Each box contains individual pack mixtures for comparing the 

colours and growth habits of the Euroflor range 

Perfect for eye-catching displays on golf course, in schools, estates and parkland landscapes. 

Successional seeding of autumn and spring Discovery Box collections provides a valuable, long 

season food source for pollinators. 

Two boxes are available, one for Spring sowing (March-June) the other for Autumn sowing 

(September-October). Each 50g (100g*) flower mixture pack covers approximately 10-15m 2’. 

Inside the Spring Discovery Box 

Ten flower mixtures: Honey, Sarah Bouquet, Tenor, 

Rainbow Annuals, White Bouquet, Ground Cover, 

Classic, Hope, Meadow Breeze, Dry. 

✿ Provides a longer flowering period from early/midsummer 

through to the first frosts 

✿ First flowers appear approximately 50-55 days after 

sowing 

✿ An extensive range of colours, textures and growth 

habits 

Inside the Autumn Discovery Box 

Five flower mixtures: Spring Flower, Flora Britannica, 

Souvenir, Alliance, Reviva*. 

✿ Includes hardy annuals and perennials capable of sur - 

viving over winter and producing early spring flowers 

✿ Provides essential early season food source and 

habitat for pollinators and insects 

✿ Under-plant prior to sowing with a selection of Flora 

Native spring flowering bulbs, ....snowdrops, bluebells 

and wild daffodils 

Euroflor sustains insect 

populations 

Pollinating insects play an essential 

role at peak flowering times on 

seasonal fruit and vegetable crops. Euroflor 

mixtures benefit the pollinators by ensuring they 

have access to a regular and stable nectar 

source between crop flowering cycles, sustaining 

the population. Selected mixtures in the range 

contain species recommended under the RHS 

“Perfect for Pollinators” scheme. 

0800 424919 136

meadow-makers 

In 2016, at the height of the holiday season, Euroflor urban flower seeds 

were sown on the esplanade overlooking the seafront at Lossiemouth 

and transformed the area with a riot of colour for all to enjoy. The 

esplanade has the distinction of being the most northerly in the country. 

“This type of display has advantages over the flower beds that we used 

to have. in that it is low cost, takes only a few minutes to sow the seed 

and once the seed germinates the flowers take care of themselves.” 

Grant Speed 

Lands & Parks Department 

Moray Council 

137 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱WILDFLOWERS 

Rigby Taylor is well established as the leading supplier 

of products and services to the UK amenity and 

landscape sector. The company’s reputation in 

supplying quality products through efficient distribution 

is backed by sound technical advice and diligent 

customer service. 

There is a next day delivery to UK mainland for 

wildflower mixtures ordered before 12pm. 

Environmental Policy 

Rigby Taylor is totally committed to safeguarding the 

environment in which it operates. It not only 

endeavours to meet all legislative requirements for the 

industry it serves but is also very proactive via its own 

initiatives to minimising their carbon footprint. 

The Company is a Partner in the Government Funded 

Organisation WRAP (Waste Resource Action 

Programme). 

Quality Statement 

Wildflower seeds, wild grass seeds and certain other 

environmental crops are not subject to certification. 

Quality assurance procedures ensure our native 

wildflower seed is supplied from known UK provenance. 

Introducing a diverse and comprehensive range of native UK 

provenance wildflower mixtures to create, restore, and enhance 

distinct habitats and landscapes. Specialist grasses complete the 

collection. 

✿ All wild flora are of native or naturalised origin ensuring quality, 

reliability and performance 

✿ Designed embracing environmental landscape architect 

specifications 

✿ Available in mixtures of 100% wildflowers, wildflowers with 

grasses and 100% specialist habitat grasses 

✿ Features flowering species found in the RHS “Perfect for 

Pollinators” list 

✿ Selected species seasonally available as plug plants, bulbs and 

wildflower turf 

✿ Diverse ecological habitat mixtures from acidic to alkaline, 

coastal to clay, wetland to woodland 

✿ Reclamation, SuDs drainage schemes, solar farms, green roofs, 

road and rail, golf courses, country estates….. 

✿ Bespoke habitat mixtures are periodically necessary and 

available on request 

✿ Pack size: 1kg, 5kg & 10kg (smaller packs available on request) 

Only a small selection of mixtures are detailed in this brochure 

but many more are available 

A more comprehensive and illustrative 

brochure is available. Contact your 

area Rigby Taylor Ltd representative or 

Freephone on 0800 424 919 for a copy 

0800 424919 138

Flora Native 

Wildflowers 20/80 

✿ Traditonal mixtures containing 20% 

wildflowers and 80% grasses 

✿ Mixes for a diverse range of 

ecological habitats 

✿ Restore, create and enhance the 

landscape 

Nectar & Pollen 

Contains 23 native wildflower species plus 

Borage, Sainfoin and Dwarf Sunflower to 

encourage a wide range of pollinating 

insects and wildlife. 

Available as 100% wildflowers or as a 

20/80 wildflowers and grass mixture. 

Carefully formulated to include 20 

species from the Royal Horticultural 

Society ‘Perfect for Pollinators’ list. 

Sowing Rate: 100% @ 3g/m² 

or 20/80 @ 5g/m² 


Flora Native 

100% Specialist 

Grass Mixtures 

These mixtures are particularly valuable in 

the following situations: 

✿ Companion sowing for 100% wildflower 

mixtures 

✿ Specific soil types and environmental 

influences 

✿ Habitat restoration 

✿ Soil stabilisation 

RT2E 

Heathland/Acidic 

A selection of grasses, which thrive in 

lower pH soils and includes fragrant and 

native heathland/moorland species such 

as Sweet Vernal Grass and Wavy 

Hairgrass. 

Sowing Rate: 5g/m 2 


RT2F 

Chalk & Limestone 

These grasses thrive in thin, infertile soils 

including quaking grass, crested hairgrass 

and sheep’s fescue. 



RT2C 

Wet Soils 

A high diversity of grasses and sedges 

adapted to wet soil conditions. Provides 

benefits described within the Sustainable 

Use Directive (SuDs) drainage schemes 

for capturing and reducing run-off and 

leaching of nutrients and pesticides into 

water courses. 


RT Order Code: 0324023/ 

RT2H 

Coastal/Salt Tolerant 

Grasses which thrive in coastal habitats 

and salt laden winds, including Tall 

Fescue, Hard Fescue, Crested Hairgrass 

and Perennial Ryegrass. 



RT2J 

Woodland Grasses 

A mixture of 9 native woodland grasses 

including Wood Meadowgrass, Tufted 

Hairgrass and Hard Fescue, all of which 

require or tolerate degrees of moderate 

to heavy shade. Adaptable to both wet 

and dry shade. 



Summer Flower, Winter Food 

Contains 15 native species and 5 nonnative 

species 

Available as 100% wildflowers or as a 

20/80 wildflowers and grass mixture. This 

mixture contains species to attract 

butterflies, bees and other insects during 

the summer and produces seeds/grains 

for wild birds to feed on during the winter 

months. 

Sowing Rate: 100% @ 3g/m² or 20/80 @ 5g/m² 


The range is too numerous to 

include in this brochure but is 

featured and described in the 

FloraNative brochure 

Wildflower Turf 

Supplied as a fully established mat of wildflower plants, 

it is simply rolled out onto a prepared bed of soil or 

suitable rooting substrate. Wildflower turf reduces the 

problem of weed ingression and assists with 

stabilization. It is ideal for use in municipal parks, green 

roofs, SuDs drainage schemes, reclamation areas, 

country estates and gardens. 

✿ Highly attractive to wildlife 

✿ Encourages biodiversity by providing important 

habitats for a range of pollinators and other insects. 

✿ Mixtures of perennials and annuals create a 

stunning and long lasting visual effect. 

✿ Bespoke wildflower turf can be produced within 

12 weeks, depending on growing season 

139 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Flora Native Habitat 

Shrub Seed 

Ideal shrubs for establishment in dry 

sandy soil. Perfect for heathland, 

moorland and golf courses 

✿ Gorse Seed (Ulex europeaus) – 

Supplied in1kg packs 

✿ Heather Seed (Calluna vulgaris) – 

Supplied in 500g & 1kg packs 

Flora Native Bulbs 

Rigby Taylor also supply a range of 

bulbs and also plug plants. 

Wildflower Maintenance 

Spring 

As grasses start to grow before the wildflowers, a spring cut in April down to 

7.5cm will reduce competition from the grasses. Remove all grass cuttings to 

avoid adding fertility back to the soil. 

If any unwanted weed species emerge these will need removing either by 

hand or by carefully spot treating with a herbicide. Weeds are more likely to 

show in the first year after sowing. 

Autumn 

Towards the end of the summer (August to September) most flowers will begin 

to die back and this is the time to make a ‘hay cut’. The area will want cutting 

down to around 7.5cm with the cuttings being left to dry on the surface for up 

to a week, this will allow the cut flowers to shed their seed. The cuttings can 

then be raked up and removed. 

If there are annuals present it is important that their seed is returned to the soil 

to allow them to regenerate again the following spring. To achieve this, the 

area will need vigorously raking or, for larger areas, harrowing. This will break 

the surface and allow the annual seed to make contact with the soil. 

0800 424919 140

Create 

a year of 

in 2017! 

Euroflor 

Discovery Boxes 

Attracts bees, 

birds & 

butterflies 

Boxes of selected flower seed mixtures 

in foil sachets for Spring or Autumn 

sowing are available so that different 

colour combinations can be tried out 

to see what each looks like, alone or 

with others. The Spring box contains 10 

different mixtures and 6 are in the 

Autumn box. Each 50g sachet of seed 

will cover approximately 10-15 sq.m. 

Information on all the mixtures 

available and advice on ground 

preparation and sowing is contained 

in the Euroflor illustrated brochure, 

which is available on request. 

New Euroflor 48-page 

brochure now available 

Urban Meadows 

Freefone 0800 424919 www.rigbytaylor.com

LINE MARKING 

Grass surface line marking paint 


Product Surface Application Method Water/Paint Ratio 

Grass Hard Synthetic Sprayer Transfer Brush Initial Mark Overmark 

Wheel or Roller 

READY-TO-USE 

Impact HD ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact XP ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact ✓ ✗ ✓ ‡ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact Pure ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider, Armaline ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact PS ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO Mini ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Impact Hard Surface ✗ ✓ ✗ iGO, iGO Mini, Glider ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Stadium ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✗ ✗ † ✗ † 

Preline ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Complete ✓ ✗ ✗ Transfer wheel only ✓ ✓ ✗ ✗ 

Duarline Synthetic ✗ ✗ ✓ iGO, Glider ✗ ✗ ✗ ✗ 

Duraline Hard Surface ✗ ✓ ✗ iGO, iGO Mini ✗ ✓ ✗ ✗ 

DILUTABLES 

Duraline Dazzle ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 5:1 Up to 15:1 

Duraline Supreme ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 5:1 Up to 12:1 

Duraline Superline Xtra ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 4:1 Up to 10:1 

Duraline Concentrate ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 3:1 Up to 7:1 

Duraline Standard ✓ ✗ ✗ iGO, Glider ✓ ✗ 2:1 Up to 4:1 

COLOURANTS 

Duraline Colourants ✓* ✓* ✓* N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 

AEROSOLS 

Duraline Aerosols ✓ ✓ ✓ Sharpliner, 2 wheel and hand-held markers N/A N/A 

CLEANER 

Flush-Thru N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 

POWDERS 

Snowcal 10 dry line ✓ ✗ ✗ Dry Line Marker only ✗ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

Snowcal 20 wet line ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

Snowcal 40/80 wet/dry ✓ ✗ ✗ ✗ ✓ ✗ ✓ ✓ 

* When mixed with white paint ‡ For temporary marking of multi-use synthetic sports surfaces 

Quality ingredients and the most advanced formulation techniques 

are used to create the award winning Impact and Duraline paint 

ranges. A comprehensive choice of ready-to-use and dilutable 

concentrate paints in white and pre-mixed colour options for spray 

and transfer wheel application give you the precise product to 

match every line marking requirement and budget. 

To help keep your lines for longer, from initial marking or in between 

over-marks, Preline is a MAPP approved ready to use white paint, 

extending the period between over-marks for up to 12 weeks. 

0800 424919 142 

Hard surface line marking paint 

These paints are available as ready-to-use formulations in a range of 

colours for either spray or brush and roller application onto asphalt, 

tarmac, concrete, and more. Please note this paint is NOT anti-slip. 

Synthetic grass surface line marking paint 

Our long lasting, ready-to-use paint has been developed for 

marking sand filled, sand dressed, rubber crumb and water based 

synthetic surfaces. Applied through a spray marker the paint is 

available in white and a wide range of vibrant colours, including 

red, yellow, blue, orange, green and black.

Colour Options Pack Size Page 

Number 

10 litres 147 

10 litres, 2 x 5 litre Eco-bags 147 

5 litres,10 litres 147 

10 litres 146, 147 

5 litres 147 

5 litres 147 

10 litres 148 

10 litres 148, 153 

10 litres 148 

10 litres 149 

10 litres 149 

10 litres 148 

10 litres 148 

10 litres 149 

10 litres 148 

10 litres 149 

1 litre 149 

750ml 148 

N/A 

10 litres 149 

25kg 149 

25kg 149 

25kg 149 

† Can be diluted 50/50 but requires longer drying period 

Aerosols 

A range of ozone friendly, highly concentrated paint formulations 

contained in 750 ml cans and expelled under pressure through a 

nozzle as an atomized spray. Available in many colour options. A 

range of aerosol application equipment is available. 

Paint Colourants 

A range of concentrated colourants in 1 litre packs that provide 

the flexibility of colouring dilutable paint concentrates to a colour 

or shade required. Excellent for use with stencils when marking 

team or company logos on turf. 

Flush-Thru 

A powerful, environmentally friendly biodegradable cleaner for 

spray and transfer wheel machines. Use to clean both inside and 

outside the machine, wash-through pipes and for soaking spray 

nozzles overnight. 

143 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱LINE MARKING PAINTS 

The Impact Paint System. 

Paint and machine in perfect partnership. 

WHY IMPACT PAINTS 

❱ Ready to use 

No measuring, no mixing, no mess 

❱ Time saving 

Fast start, fewer stops, quick finish 

❱ Cost saving 

Paint use from as little as 1.1 litre per pitch 

❱ Highly visual 

Optical brighteners give bright white lines 

❱ Fast drying 

Rain-fast in just 20 minutes 

❱ Long lasting 

Highly rain resistant, lines last longer 

❱ Flexibility 

For grass, hard surface and synthetics* 

❱ Environmental 

NO water, less waste 

The award winning Impact Paint System is a global 

leader, unbeaten in over 40 countries across the 

entire range of sporting venues from international 

through professional league, educational and 

community. Its unprecedented success has now 

spread to golf courses for marking hazard lines and 

out of bounds. 

A winner of two Queens Awards, its 

unprecedented success is due to its groundbreaking 

ready-to-use formulation combined 

with unique precision engineered nozzles. 

Advanced spray atomization delivers a vast 

reduction in water usage in comparison with 

dilutable concentrate paints, a huge leap forward 

for the line-marking industry in terms of practicality, 

efficiency and associated cost. 

*Temporary lines only on synthetic surfaces, great for multi-use synthetic pitches. For more 

permanent, longer lasting markings, Duraline Synthetic paint is highly recommended 

Using from as little as 1.1litre of paint to over-mark a 

standard sized football pitch significantly reduces 

travel between multi-use sites, thus minimizing 

harmful CO 2 and particulate diesel emissions. The 

design of the Impact spray machines component 

parts is so versatile that any spray line marking 

machine needs only a small conversion to spray 

Impact paints. 

0800 424919 144

The Paint 

Adopting unique chemistry and the most 

advanced formulation techniques, Impact paints 

provide the brightest, whitest lines with light 

reflecting qualities superior to snow! And, Impact 

colours are vibrant and long lasting, yet so easy to 

apply. 

multiple pitches, is quick and trouble free. Just one 

10 litre drum of Impact XP paint can over-mark up 

to 9 standard sized football pitches using a gold 

cone nozzle in one operation. All these pitches 

can be marked without the inconvenience of 

frequent returns to a base for re-fills and the down 

time of further mixing, pouring and return trips. 

The paint has superior drying qualities and under 

dry conditions in moderate temperatures above 

5°C will become rainfast in as little as 20 minutes. 

Applying Impact paint using, either an iGO, Glider 

or Armaline spray marking machine to mark 

Independent, cost assessment studies carried 

out by Doncaster Metropolitan Borough 

Council showed that by switching their line 

marking practices from dilutable concentrates 

to the ready to use Impact system, they were 

able to save 

many thousands 

of pounds of tax 

payers money, 

including a 

significant saving 

in water consumption which is also positive for 

the environment. 

The full case study is available in pdf or printed 

format from Rigby Taylor on request. 

Carrying 3 x 5 litre Eco-Bags, 13 pitches 

could be over-marked, or using 2 x 10 litre 

drums up to 18 pitches can be overmarked, 

without returning to base or 

carrying a heavy tank of dilutable paint 

and water which can cause compaction 

on wet, winter pitches. 

18 

PITCHES 

145 

www.rigbytaylor.com

NEW 

PURE 

Introducing the first fully biodegradable 

ready-to-use Impact line marking 

paint. Used straight from its container, 

Impact Pure requires no measuring, 

mixing or added water. 

Following extensive research and advanced 

formulation technology, Impact Pure delivers... 

✲ Ready to Use paint formulation 

✲ 98.6% natural ingredients, 

✲ No Titanium Dioxide or synthetic resins 

✲ Delivers bright white lines 

✲ As little as 1.5 litre per over-mark 

✲ Red, amber or green cone nozzle recommended 

Environmental Impact 

The development of Impact Pure is a natural 

progression in the company’s commitment to the 

introduction of sustainable products. 

Impact Pure is an organic based, ready-to-use line 

marking paint formulated to produce bright, white 

lines on natural grass surfaces. 

Containing 98.6% readily biodegradable 

ingredients, the majority derived from vegetables, 

fruits and cereals, Impact Pure is manufactured 

without the use of Titanium Dioxide, acrylic polymers 

or chemical binders. 

In addition, due to the reduction in the need for 

processing the natural raw materials required for 

paint production, carbon emissions are minimized 

and energy conserved. 

0800 424919 146

The Packaging 

Selected Impact paints are supplied in 5 and 10 litre drums 

and for XP formulations also in 5 litre disposable Eco-bags. 

Because Impact formulations are ready-to-use straight from 

their containers, there is no requirement for the operator to 

have any direct contact with the paint. Impact paints, 

unlike dilutable concentrates that require mixing with 

added water, there is no contact with paint splashes onto 

skin or clothing. All the operator has to do is unscrew the 

container cap, insert the flow-probe and screw the cap 

back on…no measuring, pouring or mess! 

XP Eco Bags 

The storage and disposal of multiple paint containers when 

marking a large number of pitches can be expensive. The 

Eco-bag is specially designed for Impact XP paint and 

manufactured using very strong, high gauge plastic with 

easy-carry handles. Simply roll up when empty and place in 

a normal household waste container. 

Pack size: 

Pack size: 

THE RANGE 

Area of use: Grass 


Impact HD 

❚ Next generation Impact paint 

❚ Unbeatable, ultra-bright lines 

❚ Extra long lasting 

10 litre drum 

Application: Ready-to-use with iGO, Glider or Armaline 

Impact XP 

❚ Optical brighteners 

❚ Superior adhesion, long lasting 

❚ More pitches, less paint 

2 x 5 litre Eco-bag, 10 litre drum 


Impact 

❚ Highly Concentrated 

❚ Long lasting, bright lines 

❚ Colour options available 

Pack size: 


5 &10 litre drums 


Impact PS 

❚ Exclusively for iGo Mini 

❚ Added optical brighteners 

❚ Excellent rain resistance 

The Spray Nozzles 

Considerable research has been undertaken on matching 

Impact paint formulation characteristics with spray nozzle 

flow rates and droplet atomization. 

Impact cone spray nozzles are 

unique, having been precision 

engineered in four, colour-coded flow 

rates to accurately deliver the precise 

volume of Impact paints to the 

target. 

On page 156 a chart shows the time, 

pressure and flow rate of nozzles 

recommended for applying specific 

amounts of Impact and Duraline marking paints to achieve 

the desired quality of line when over-marking a standard 

sized football pitch. 

147 

Pack size: 


5 litre drum 

Application: Ready-to-use with iGO Mini 

Pack size: 

Impact Pure 

❚ 98.6% natural ingredients 

❚ No Titanium Dioxide 

❚ No synthetic resins 

Pack size: 10 litre drum 



Impact Hard Surface 

❚ Special binders and stickers 

❚ Acrylic based formulation 

❚ Range of non-grassed surfaces 

5 litre drum 

Area of use: Tarmac, concrete 

Application: Ready-to-use with iGO, Glider, iGO Mini 

Colour options available for these paints 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱LINE MARKING PAINTS 

The market-leading range of line marking products 

Traditional ready to use and dilutable concentrate paints for 

spray and transfer wheel line marking 

Ready-to-use paints 

Pack size: 

Area of use: 

Duraline Stadium 

❚ Very fast drying 

❚ Doesn't re-wet 

❚ No transference 

10 litres 

Grass 

Application: Apply undiluted by 

transfer wheel machine 

Dilution: Not required 

SEE 

PAGE 

Preline 153 

❚ Initial line marking paint 

❚ MAPP approval 

❚ Lasts up to 12 weeks 

10 litres 

Grass 

Apply undiluted by 


Not required 

Duraline Complete 

❚ High viscosity paint 

❚ Bright white lines 

❚ No mixing, no mess 

10 litres 

Grass 

Apply undiluted by 


Not required 

Dilutable paints 

Duraline Dazzle 

❚ Very high dilution rates 

❚ Ultra-bright long lasting lines 

❚ High quality pigments & binders 



Application: Spray or transfer wheel 

marking machine 

Dilution: Initial Marking: 

5:1 ratio water to paint 

Overmarking: 


Duraline Supreme 

❚ Outstanding whiteness 

❚ Long-lasting white lines 

❚ Can be diluted 50/50 

10 litres 

Grass 

Spray or transfer wheel 


Initial Marking: 


Overmarking: 


Duraline Concentrate 

❚ High pigment 

❚ Excellent water resistance 


10 litres 

Grass 





Overmarking: 


Aerosol paints 

Pack size: 

Application: 

Area of use: 

Duraline Aerosols 

❚ Environmentally friendly, xylene and CFC-free aerosols 

❚ Highly pigmented 

❚ Minimum overspray/waste 

750ml 

Hand-held or through aerosol line marking machines 

Range of surfaces including grass 

Colour options available for these paints 

Golf Cup Marker 

❚ Unique design 

❚ Applies aerosol paint around the 

perimeter of the holes 

❚ Simple and effective 

0800 424919 148

Duraline Hard Surface 

❚ Acrylic formulation 

❚ Durable and long lasting 



Area of use: Tarmac, concrete and all-weather 

hard court 

Application: Apply by spray or brush/roller 

Duraline Synthetic Grass 

❚ Acrylic based for synthetic surfaces 

❚ Anti-scuff formulation 

❚ Radiant, long lasting colour options 

10 litres 

Synthetic Grass 

Apply by spray 

Dilution: 

Not required 

Not required 

❚ Hyper-dispersant for easy mixing 

❚ Very high pigment 

❚ Longer lasting, durable lines 



Application: Spray or transfer wheel 


Dilution: Initial Marking: 


Overmarking: 


Powders 

Pack size: 

Application: 

Area of use: 

Duraline Superline Xtra 

Low cost, high-white, free flowing, 

easily applied powders. Ideal to use 

during the wet winter months. Just 

44 kgs to mark a full size football 

pitch with an 8cm wide line. 

25kg 

Transfer wheel 

marking machines 

Grass 

Snowcal 10 

Snowcal 20/WD 

❚ Snowcal 10 is for a dry line 

❚ Snowcal 20/WD for a wet 

or dry line 

Snowcal 40/80 

❚ Can be applied wet or dry 

149 

Duraline Standard 

❚ Anti-clogging additive 

❚ For initial and over-marking 

❚ Crisp, bright lines 

10 litres 

Grass 





Overmarking: 


Cleaner 

Duraline FlushThru 

❚ Liquid cleaner for all types of marking machines 

❚ Keep nozzles and pipes clear 

❚ Keep roller wheels rolling 

Pack size: 

10 litres 

Paint Colourants 

A range of concentrated colours available in 1 litre packs 

www.rigbytaylor.com

❱LINE MARKING APPLICATORS 

The Rigby Taylor line marking machine range offers equipment 

options for spray, transfer wheel and aerosol paint application. 

The iGO, iGO Mini, Glider and Armaline spray markers are 

state of the art machines featuring specially engineered 

nozzles to match the atomization characteristics of the 

different Impact paint range formulations. 

Paint application through a spray marker can be made on all surfaces. Unlike transfer wheel markers that ‘roll’ the paint onto 

the surface and, where grass is not present, pick-up soil on the wheel and achieve inconsistent markings, spray markers do 

not touch the target surface and will mark a visible line whatever the surface conditions. 

The integration of paint formulation with nozzle design and performance is a major advance in line marking application and 

offers the operator a range of application rates determined by nozzle flow. 

iGO Advance 

The perfect partner for 

Impact system ready-touse 

paints 

Consistent application enables 

accurate costing per pitch 

High pressure, pump delivery system 

Effortless to operate 

Finger tip on/off solenoid valve and ski 

for precision 

Handle located, disc lift mechanism for 

ease of operation 

Pre-drilled spacer holes for easy and 

quick line width changes 

Pneumatic tyres and non-corrosion 

chassis 

Long-life battery, LED charge indicator 

and battery life indicator 

Perfectly balanced for ease of 

movement on different surfaces 

Use with either 10 litre drums or 5 litre 

Eco-Bags 

Optional 18 litre paint pod for applying 

dilutable concentrates also available 

Glider 

The robust spray marker for 

Impact ready-to-use paints 

Can carry 2 x 10 litre drums of Impact 

paint 

Delivers consistent, efficient, effective 

marking of multiple pitches 

Perfectly balanced for ease of 

movement over a range of surfaces 

Adjustable handles to suit operator 

preferences 

Powerful, high-pressure pump for 

consistent paint flow 

Long-life, removable battery, LED, 

charge indicator and battery life 

indicator 

Pneumatic tyres and galvanised chassis 

iGO Mini 

The compact partner for 

Impact PS ready-to-use paint 

Designed to carry 5 litre drums 

Effortless to operate 

Lightweight and easily folded for 

transport/storage 

Finger tip on/off, no drip solenoid valve 

controls 

High-pressure pump for consistent paint 

flow 

Long-life, removable battery 

Pneumatic tyres and non-corrosion 

chassis 

0800 424919 150

Ride-On Line Marking System 

Especially developed for use with the Impact line marking paint system, 

Armaline is THE operational cost-saving solution for multiple pitch 

markings on a wide range of utility vehicles. 

The Armaline Ride-On delivers fast, efficient and accurate line marking to multiple 

pitches, optimising the benefits of bright white, long lasting Impact paints. 

The Features 

✱ Fast-fix, clamp fitting – Universal fitting to a 

taskforce of utility vehicles 

✱ Flexible fitting as a temporary attachment or 

permanently fixed if required 

✱ Locking, retractable arm for ease of operation 

and transportation 

✱ 3 & 4 inch interchangeable line width options 

✱ 12v diaphragm pump for consistent paint 

output 

✱ Easily removed 20 amp battery for charging on 

or off the vehicle 

✱ Ergonomic ‘Ski’ design for sliding over rough 

terrain 

✱ Solenoid spray head valve ensures instant cut 

off of paint 

✱ Simple two way valve wash option for cleaning 

nozzles between sites 

The Benefits 

The 

Armaline 

Kit 

✱ Efficient and effective over-marking of multiple 

pitches 

✱ Marks out a standard sized football pitch in 

under 10 minutes 

✱ Impact paint ensures no downtime wasted 

measuring and mixing 

✱ Marks up to 10 pitches with just a single 10 litre 

drum of Impact paint 

✱ Time saved as there is not wasted time returning 

to base for re-filling 

✱ No heavy water tank that can cause 

compaction of winter pitch surfaces 

One pitch marked in 

6.9 minutes, using less than 

1 litre of Impact paint 

Manchester City Council (MCC) decided to compare its 

current Ride-On machine and paint use with the Armaline and 

Impact paint system. Using an experienced operator, the MCC 

trial concluded that significant savings, combined with superior 

line quality, could be achieved by switching its pitch line 

marking operation to the Armaline/Impact paint partnership. 

151 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Transfer Wheel Markers 

Aerosol Markers 

A choice of Transfer Wheel markers are available, ranging from heavy 

duty, Premiership use quality to budget, grass roots options. To 

maintain the required performance, it is essential that the machines 

are thoroughly cleaned after every use. 

Dimple 

❚ Interchangeable 5 and 8 cm marking 

wheels 

❚ Available also as a 10 cm model. 

❚ Choice of standard rubber Pneumatictyre 

wheels 

❚ Tank capacity of 16 litres 

❚ Marks out approx. 2 football pitches with 

one filling 

Sharpliner 

❚ 4-wheel applicator for line 

accuracy 

❚ Holds 3 aerosols 

❚ Finger tip on/off control 

❚ Allows for easy adjustable 

spray widths 

Prince 

❚ Light and inexpensive it incorporates the 

“Rollamark” inter-leaved transfer wheel 

for improved performance. 

❚ Tank capacity of 18 litres 

❚ Interchangeable 5 or 8 cm marking 

wheel. 

❚ Available with a 10 cm marking wheel 

❚ Both models have the option of 

pneumatic-tyre wheels 

Linesman 

❚ Light, inexpensive, ideal for use on smaller 

grounds and tennis grass courts 

❚ Interchangeable 5 and 8 cm marking 

wheels 

❚ Choice of tank capacity 9 and 14 litres 

❚ Available with a 10 cm marking wheel on 

the 3 gallon model. 

❚ Pneumatic-tyre wheels are optional on 

each machine 

Rollaline 

❚ Sturdy, rustproof tank 

❚ 18 litre paint capacity 

❚ Drain plug 

❚ Pneumatic tyres 

❚ Easy to clean and simple 

maintenance 

❚ Perfect for use with Preline initial 

marking paint’ 

Two Wheeled 

Aerosol Applicator 

❚ Holds a 750 ml aerosol can 

❚ Ideal for GUR and out of bounds 

markings 

❚ Easy to clean and maintain 

Hand Held 

Applicator 

❚ Holds a 750 ml aerosol can 

❚ Allows more accurate 

application 

❚ Reduces operator contact with 

paint 

Golf Cup Marker 

❚ Unique design 

❚ Applies aerosol paint around the 

perimeter of the holes 

❚ Simple and effective 

0800 424919 152

Preline 

A ready-to-use, specially formulated 

brilliant white marking paint 

containing glyphosate for suppressing 

grass growth and creating 

semi-permanent lines that will last for 

up to 12 weeks. 

Preline...the proof 

Week 1 

Week 3 

The ideal initial marking paint 

for multiple pitches 

Saving time and money: 

Applications of Preline will extend the length of time the 

line remains visible following initial marking. If subsequent 

over-marking is delayed due to impractical or adverse 

conditions e.g. inclement weather, hazardous access or 

remote locations, the Preline lines will persist for a 

prolonged period, reducing the need to over-mark as 

frequently to maintain the initial lines. 

Convenient to use: 

Supplied as a ready-to-use formulation, Preline contains 

a brilliant white line marking paint and glyphosate. The 

product requires no measuring or 

mixing and is easy and quick 

to apply. Just a single 

application in one direction 

through a transfer wheel 

marker is required delivering 

a constant line that will not 

‘creep’. 

Photographs of Preline longevity 

taken in summer 

under fast growing conditions. 

Week 7 

Week 12 

Has MAPP Approval 

153 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Perfect combination for golf clubs 

“ 

The iGO Mini line marker and Impact ready-touse 

paint is a perfect combination for golf clubs. 

Marking out hazard lines (colour options are available) 

is so much easier than using aerosols as is also 

highlighting GUR and out-of-bound markings. It's quick 

and easy to set up and there is no mixing or measuring 

” 

involved. 

Chris Stilgoe 


Great Barr Golf Club 

Birmingham 

Brilliant white lines really show up 

“ 

We changed to Impact HD ready-to-use paint 

and what a difference it has made. The lines 

are a brilliant white and really show up on the R14 turf 

surface. Applied through an iGO Mini marking 

machine we just insert the flow tube into the 

” 

container and are ready to go......it's that simple! 

Tony Bell 

Riverside Stadium 

Middlesborough FC 

Long-lasting lines 

“ 

We invested in RT’s iGo Mini to line 

around greens during winter to aid 

their protection from buggies and 

trolleys. The lines are visual for three weeks, 

which in the long term not only saves money 

on paint but also valuable savings on labour 

time. The machine is easy to clean and 

takes virtually no maintenance. I am 

pleased with our purchase and would 

happily recommend to others 

” 

Ed Stant 


Trentham Golf Club 

0800 424919 154

❱IMPACT SYSTEM ATTACHMENTS 

Spray Boom 

Converts iGO line marker to a walk 

behind pedestrian herbicide sprayer. One 

machine, two functions! Ideal for small 

sports clubs with one or two pitches, 

tennis clubs, cricket clubs and golf 

courses. 

Features 

❖ Three nozzle, 1.7 metre boom width 

❖ Heavy duty pump applies consistent 

spray 

❖ Calibrate in accordance with NPTC for 

herbicide spraying 

❖ Adjustable boom height 

❖ Robust yet lightweight frame 

❖ Easy to attach and remove 

Athletics Boom 

Specially developed for use with the 

iGO Advance or Glider spray marking 

machines. Can be used on grass or 

hard surfaces. 

Features 

❖ Mark three lines (two track lanes) in 

one pass 

❖ Paint applied with either flat fan or 

cone nozzles 

❖ Adjustable width marker discs 

❖ Sturdy yet lightweight frame 

❖ Pneumatic tyres for effortless and 

smooth movement 

❖ Easy to attach and remove 

❖ For use with Impact ready to use 

hard surface paint or Duraline 

dilutable concentrates 

Spray Lance 

Simply connect the spray lance to the iGO to mark 

out using line marking paint, penalty spots and on 

golf courses, ground under repair (GUR). Also for 

use with pesticide for spot treating weeds, localised 

disease infection or Dry Patch. 

Features 

❖ Easily connects to iGO spray machine 

❖ 2.5m length transparent hose 

❖ Trigger action with locking feature 

❖ Integral spray nozzle filter 

❖ Robust yet lightweight frame 

155 

www.rigbytaylor.com

BY NOZZLE 

Nozzle Flow Rates 

All calculations are based on 10 minutes spraying time which 

represents the average actual spraying time for a standard 

soccer pitch*. 

The concentrate figures show the expected results using the 

recommended dilution rates for over-marking. 

Cone Flow Rate @ 4 Bar Impact Impact impact Impact Impact Impact 

Nozzles (58 PSI) HD XP Pure PS Hard Surface 

Gold 

Red 

Amber 

Green 

1.1 litres in 10 mins 

(0.11 litres/minute) 





3 litres in 10 mins 


Flat Fan Flow Rate @ 3 Bar Dazzle Supreme Superl/Extra Concentrate Standard Synthetic & 

Nozzles (43.5 PSI) (15:1) (12:1) (10:1) (7:1) (4:1) Hard Surface 

(RTU) 

Green 015 

Yellow 02 

Blue 03 

BY NOZZLE 







IMPACT READY-TO-USE (RTU) PAINTS 

✗ 

✓ 

✓ 

1.1 litres ✗ ✗ 1.1 litres ✗ 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.38 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.75 litres 

per pitch 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

per pitch 

DURALINE DILUTABLE CONCENTRATE (DC) PAINTS 

✓ 

0.46 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.61 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.92 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.54 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.72 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.09 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

0.75 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1 litre 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

3 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.2 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.6 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

2.4 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.5 litres 

per pitch 

✓ 

1.9 litres 

per pitch 

✗ 

✗ 

✓ 

8 litres 

per pitch 

✗ 

*Per Pitch refers to marking a standard size grass soccer pitch of 650 linear metres (711 yards) 

at an average walking speed of 2.5 mph (65 metres per minute). Dilution rates are the 

maximum recommended water to paint ratio by product 

156

“ 

I’ve been using Rigby Taylor 

products for years because I’m 

reassured that they will always work. 

We have over 40 acres of sports fields so 

we don’t have time to gamble with 

maintenance routines. We use R9 100% 

grass seed on the cricket squares and 

R11 on the rugby pitches. Our pitch lines 

are marked out using Impact XP paint 

applied though either a Glider or the 

iGO Advance line marker. 

” 

Glynn Davies 


Bloxham School 

Glynn (centre foreground) and the Bloxham team 

“ 

Following funding via the FA Pitch Improvement 

Programme, Lee has access to a wealth of advice 

and support, which together with his knowledge, skills and 

product purchases, has achieved major improvements of 

the playing surface. Lee uses Rigby Taylor’s R14 ryegrass 

seed, Delta and Fine Turf fertilizers applied through an 

Optim-8 spreader. Weeds are controlled using Greenor and 

the pitch lines are marked out with Duraline marking paint. 

” 

Lee Watson 

Groundsman 

Clay Cross Town FC 

IOG Volunteer Groundsman of the Year (2016) 

National FA Groundsman of the year (2015) 

157

DRESSINGS 

❱GREEN-SPREAD 

WHY GREEN-SPREAD 

❱ Fine graded, naturally sourced from plant 

materials 

❱ Environmentally friendly produced 

product 

❱ Consistent and guaranteed quality 

specification 

❱ BSI PAS 100 accredited high quality 

compost 

❱ BSI standards adopted by The 

Composting Association 

❱ A range of products available for flexibility 

of use 

❱ Ideal for groundsmen, landscapers and 

local authorities 

How Green-Spread works 

Green-Spread high quality compost is produced totally by natural 

means, with a period of rapid decomposition and self-heating 

(which sanitises the material) continued by a cooler and slower 

decay of the woodier organic matter. When this composting 

process is finally completed, the product can be graded into 

different particle sizes depending on the use required. 

Green-Spread offers many benefits including: 

✱ Increasing soil microbial activity 

✱ Improving turf density and colour, encouraged by the presence 

of slow release Nitrogen, Iron and Magnesium 

✱ Plant disease suppression, due to beneficial soil micro-organisms 

present 

✱ Providing a large range of micronutrients e.g. Boron, Magnesium 

and Manganese that have a vital role in many plant 

physiological processes e.g. enzyme reactions and 

photosynthesis. 

✱ Improving the soil structure by helping form larger pore spaces 

resulting in improved oxygen aeration as well reducing the 

effects of soil compaction, so improving drainage and reducing 

the problems associated with water-logging. 

✱ Increasing the Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) of the soil so 

nutrients are made available for a longer period of time rather 

than being easily leached away through the soil profile. 

✱ Improving root growth and overall turf establishment but without 

encouraging flush growth that can weaken the plant and make 

it more susceptible to fungal disease. 

Product range 

Green-Spread can be used as a 

straight compost and is available in 

a range of screened particle sizes 

depending on the use required. 

Coarse grades are available which 

are more suitable for use in 

landscaping situations eg. amenity 

mulch (20-40mm) and bark 

replacement mulch (10-20mm), 

whereas the finer particle grades are 

more suited for example for use as a 

top dressing (0-8mm). The compost 

specification details will vary 

depending on the use. 

In addition Green-Spread can be customised to the customer's 

own specification, for example being mixed with other organic 

matter and brought on site ready mixed for immediate use. 

Green-Spread is available nationally, delivered as loose loads 

either as the compost in its own right (cubic metres) or as a mixed 

product with other materials (tonnes). Comprehensive 

specification sheets are available for all products. 

0800 424919 158

❱BULK MATERIALS 

To meet the needs of professional landscapers Rigby Taylor offers a broad 

range of bulk materials many of which, where appropriate, can be 

screened or manufactured to meet individual customer requirements. 

Products include: 

● Divot mixtures ● Sports sands 

● Soils ● Planting composts 

● Top Dressings ● Rootzones 

Mascot 

Pro-Spread 

Dressings 

Available in bulk loads of 10 or 20 tonnes. 

Norfolk Pro-Spread, a high qaulity fine turf 

top dressing is also available in bulk loads. 

Pro-Spread 60/40 (25kg) 

Pro-Spread 70/30 (25kg) 

Cricket & Tennis Court 

Dressings 

Cricket Wicket Dressing (25kg) 

Kettering Loam (25kg) 

Mendip Loam (25kg) 

Surrey Loam Screened 1 / 4 ” (25kg) 

Banbury Loam (25kg) 

Useful Measurements 

1 metre = 1.0936 yards 1 yard = 0.9144 metres 

1 square metre (m 2 ) = 1.196 square yards (yd 2 ) 1 yd 2 = 0.8361 m 2 

1 hectare (ha) = 10,000 square metres (m 2 ) 10,000 m 2 = 2.471 acres 

1 cubic metre (m 3 ) = 1.3080 cubic yards (yd 3 ) 1 m 3 = 1,000 litres 

1 kilogram (kg) = 2.2047 pounds (lb) 1 lb = 0.4536 kg 

1,000kg = 1 metric tonne = 0.984 ton 

1 ton = 1.016 tonnes 

1 litre = 0.22 gallons 1 gallon = 4.5461 litres 

Growing Media/Bark 

1 cubic metre (m 3 ) of material will cover: 

25mm (1”) depth over an area of 40 m 2 


75mm (3”) depth over an area of 13.3 m 2 


159 

www.rigbytaylor.com

SPORTS EQUIPMENT 

Rigby Taylor Ltd are distributors of the high quality range of Edwards Sports Equipment. The range of equipment 

encompasses all sports played both on natural and artificial surfaces. The products are precision engineered, designed 

and manufactured to meet the appropriate British and European safety standards. Whether your requirements are for a 

school, sports centre, professional league or international venue, you will not find a range more suitable for meeting your 

requirements. 

The two pages of equipment shown here is only a small fraction of the full range available. 

For further information, advice or a fully illustrated brochure, please contact your Rigby Taylor area representative or one 

of the following: FreePhone: 0800 919 424. Email: sales@rigbytaylor.com or direct to one of our branches listed on the 

back of the brochure. 

Professional Aluminium Rugby Posts 

Top upright made from 57mm OD x 3.2mm 

thick tube. 

Middle upright made from 63.5mm OD x 

3.2mm thick tube. 

Bottom upright made from 76mm OD x 

4.75mm thick tube. 

Crossbar made from 63.5mm OD x 3.2mm 

thick tube. 

Socketed Professional Aluminium 

12.1m High Out Of Ground. 

Hinged Professional Aluminium. 

Specification as above but supplied with 

hinged adapters for ease of erecting and 

demounting posts. 

As used by professional league clubs, 

including Worcester Warriors. 

Aluminium Rugby Posts 

Sockets are 90cm deep made from 83mm 

OD steel. 

Socketed Senior Aluminium 

(10.1m High Out Of Ground) 

Top upright 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Bottom upright 76mm OD x 4.75mm thick. 

Crossbar 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Hinged Senior Aluminium 





Socketed Junior Aluminium 


Top upright 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Bottom upright 76mm OD x 4.75mm thick. 

Crossbar 63mm OD x 3.2mm thick. 

Hinged Junior Aluminium 





Complete with zinc plated nuts, washers, 

bolts and plastic socket caps. 

80mm Aluminium Freestanding 

Foldaway Goals 

9v9 Goals: 4.88m x 2.13m (16’ x 7’) (Set of 2) 

Manufactured from 80mm OD x 3mm thick 

reinforced aluminium. 

32mm OD x 1.6mm thick galvanised steel net 

supports foldaway without the need for tools 

50mm square x 2.5mm thick steel drop over 

backbars are easy to install and remove. 

Stadium Socketed Football Goal 

Full Size: 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2). 

Youth Size: 6.40m x 2.13m (21’ x 7’) (Set of 2). 

Centre stage at various professional clubs 

across the UK including Tottenham Hotspur, 

Hull City and Stevenage FC. 

Goalposts manufactured from 100mm x 

108mm elliptical x 2.5mm thick reinforced 

aluminium. Heavy duty internal and external 

laser cut solid stee.l 

L-shaped fittings, ensure a long lasting and 

precision mitred crossbar / upright corner 

joint. 

Complete with safety net hooks and steel 

lockable socket caps. 

Recommended nets: (not included with goal) 

Full Size UEFA Regulation Box Shaped 

Goal Nets (pair) 

White goal nets made from 4.5mm thick 

braided polyethylene with a 120mm knotted 

mesh. 

Youth Size UEFA Regulation Box Shaped 

Goal Nets (pair) 



mesh. Designed to fit youth size 21’ x 7’ goals. 

These nets can also be supplied in blue, black 

or green and be made to different runback 

dimensions on request. 

Freestanding Stadium Box Goal 

Full Size : 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2) 

(Other sizes can manufactured on request) 

❖ Goalposts manufactured from 100mm x 

107mm elliptical x 2.5mm thick reinforced 

aluminium 

❖ Heavy duty internal and external laser cut 

solid steel L-shaped fittings, ensure a long 

lasting and precision mitred crossbar/upright 

corner joint 

❖ Rear crossbars and net supports 

manufactured from 80mm OD x 2.5mm thick 

reinforced aluminium 

❖ Rear net supports drop into our specially 

designed rear steel sockets that bolt onto the 

rear corner joints of the goal 

0800 424919 160

❖ 32mm OD x 1.6mm thick galvanised steel 

net support top rods and rear net retaining 

bar ensure the perfect box net shape 

Box Goal Nets 

Full Sized Tailored Box Shaped Goal Nets 

(Per Pair) 


braided polyethylene with a 120mm 

knotted mesh, specially tailored to fit the 

Freestanding Stadium Box Goal. Can also 

be supplied in blue, black or green upon 

request. 

Standard 60mm Steel Socketed 

Football Goal 

Full Size: 7.32m x 2.44m (24’ x 8’) (Set of 2). 

Youth Size: 6.40m x 2.13m (21’ x 7’) (Set of 2). 

Manufactured from 60mm OD x 3mm thick 

steel with welded corner joints for additional 

strength Uprights drop into 46cm deep, 70mm 

OD steel ground sockets c/w welded base 

plate. Also available in heavyweight 

76mmOD. 

Goalposts and sockets are powder coated 

white. 

Complete with safety net hooks and plastic 

socket caps. 

Recommended nets: (not included with goal) 

Full Size Club Goal Nets (pair) 


twisted polyethylene with a 120mm knotted 

mesh. Fit full size 24’ x 8’ goals with continental 

or international net supports. 

Youth Size Wembley Goal Nets (pair) 

White goal nets made from 3mm thick twisted 

polyethylene with a 120mm knotted mesh. Fit 

youth size 21’ x 7’ goals with continental or 

international net supports. 

28mm thick UV stabilised polyurethane with 

aluminium trim. 

Complete with stainless steel net lacing bars 

and 38mm OD aluminium net supports. 

3mm Green Hockey Nets (pair) 

Manufactured from heavy duty 3mm 


mesh in green. These nets have a 1.4m top 

and bottom runback. 

Fence/Wall Anchor Kit (set) 

Anchors freestanding hockey goals to a wall 

or fence to conform to BS EN 750. Kit 

comprises of 2 pairs of 3m chains, a 2 pairs of 

M8 rawbolts and 8 carbine clips. 

Two Coloured Corner Flags 

30cm square diagonally striped. Colours 

available are red, yellow, green, black, royal 

blue, navy blue, white. 

Single Colour Corner Flags 

30cm square available in red, yellow, green, 

black, royal blue, navy blue, white. 

For other colours please contact us. 

Socketed Golf Practice Cage 

Manufactured from 33.7mm OD galvanised 

steel tube complete with 460mm ground 

sockets. All held together with Kee-klamp 

joints. Standard size 3 x 3 x 3m but any size 

made on request. Supplied complete with 

2.3mm x 20mm mesh high impact knotless 

golf netting and archery grade baffle net. 

Tournament Freestanding Tennis Posts 

The world’s leading tennis posts are 

manufactured using 80mm box section steel 

with fitted aluminium top caps and screw in 

stainless steel net hooks for ultimate strength. 

These top of the range posts dismantle for 

easy storage and are used at various Davis 

Cup and ATP tour events. 

Set consists of a winder and anchor end post 

complete with wheels and three joining bars 

to span court. Winder end post is fitted with a 

heavy duty brass winding mechanism and 

pulley wheel. Anchor end post has a welded 

hook to capture loop on the tennis net’s 

headline wire. 

Club Mobile Cricket Cage 

Measurements: 7.32m long x 3.66m wide x 

3.05m high 

Manufactured from 40 x 40mm galvanised 

box section, 6 large swivel puncture-proof 

wheels, 2 fixed and 4 swivel. 

A fitted bar which swivels out the way when 

in use to make moving the cage easier and 

safer. 

Complete with 2.3mm x 40mm mesh knotted 

Polypropylene net. 

Freestanding Aluminium Hockey Goal 

Regulation size 3.66m x 2.13m. 

Freestanding aluminium hockey goals are 

built to a high specification for use on 

synthetic or grass pitches. These goals are 

easy to assemble, low maintenance and 

conform to BS EN 750 when securely 

anchored. 

Now manufactured from 76 x 50mm 

extruded aluminium with 25mm thick, 

recycled solid Polyurethane backboards. 

457mm high green backboards made from 

Driving Range & Perimeter Netting 

1.1mm twisted polyethylene twine, 28mm 

knotted mesh netting in black. Netting is 

machined all round to reinforce and 

enhance life span. Netting can be made to 

any size requested. 

161 

Socketed Steel Cricket Cage 

Ideal for schools and park locations. Frame - 

work is made from 34mm OD steel available 

in a powder coated green or galvanised 

finish. Framework joins together using the 

kee-klamp joints and grub screws (provided). 

The framework’s uprights drop into 46cm 

deep steel sockets. 

www.rigbytaylor.com

FUNGICIDE APPLICATION TIMING 

Fungicides are generally classified into specific groups and 

should ideally be applied when conditions are conducive to 

disease attack, or at the first sign of a disease outbreak. 

Different groups of fungicides have different modes of action. 

Some are multi-site, others are single site inhibitors. Some work 

better when the grass is actively growing whilst others perform 

better under cold conditions. 

Curative Action: Opposite to prevention is to cure an infection 

after it has already occurred. Here, spores will have already 

entered the leaf tissue and are actively producing mycelial 

growth inside the leaf. It is vital for effective control that 

application of a curative fungicide is applied immediately any 

sign of disease is observed. Most fungicides with curative 

action will also protect plants that have not been infected. 

SPORE GERMINATION PENETRATION MYCELIAL GROWTH BLISTERING SPORULATION 

PREVENTATIVE/PROTECTANT ACTION 

Prevents and/or protects against spore 

germination and infection on leaf surface 

Apply fungicide prior to periods of high 

disease risk before infection occurs 

CURATIVE ACTION 

Prevents early disease 

development inside the plant 

Treat during periods of high 

disease pressure when infection 

may have occurred but 

symptoms not yet visible 

ERADICANT ACTION 

Halts pathogen development when 

disease symptoms are visible and 

prevents further spread 

Apply fungicide treatments immediately at first 

visible signs of disease infection 

Preventatiive Action: When weather/climatic conditions are ideal 

for disease development, it is highly likely that disease spores will 

be active on the leaf surface. However, these spores may not 

have penetrated (infected) the plant. Applying a fungicide as a 

preventative application before infection occurs will ensure that 

the plant is protected. The difficulty however is predicting when 

infection may occur and here local knowledge, consulting past 

records and attention to weather forecasts is essential. 

Tank Mixing – More recently it has been shown that combining 

as a tank mix, two or more products from different chemical 

groups and with differing modes of action can improve the 

overall effect and reduce the risk of disease resistance. Rigby 

Taylor provide a range of disease control strategies. See your 

area representative for details. 

JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER 

DEFENDER 

FUSION 

ELAND 

693 SDHI 

RAYZOR 

0800 424919 162

TURF DISEASE IDENTIFICATION 


(Microdochium nivale) 

Anthracnose 

(Colletotrichum cereale) 

Red Thread 

(Laetisaria fuciformis) 

Symptoms 

The disease first shows as small patches 

of yellowish, dying grass that later turn 

brown, increase in size and coalesce. In 

moist, humid weather the patches may 

become covered with a white or faintly 

pink cotton like fungal growth, which 

mats the dying vegetation together. 

The disease is encouraged by lack of 

aeration and excessive use of 

Nitrogenous fertilisers, especially when 

applied after August. 

Conditions favouring development 

❉ Thrives during warm, wet weather 

12-19°C 

❉ Can occur during summer months 

❉ Symptoms often masked by fast 

growth 

❉ Spread under moist conditions and 

slow growth 

❉ Transmitted by wind-borne asexual 

spores 

❉ Lies dormant on dead leaf matter 

❉ Can be carried on tyres and shoes 

Symptoms 

Anthracnose occurs in two forms, basal 

rot and foliar blight, which can develop 

at different times of year according to 

weather conditions. Basal rot symptoms 

are yellowing leaves, with the youngest 

leaf brick-red in colour and black rot 

appearing at the base of the leaves. 

With foliar blight, symptoms appear as 

irregular, yellow or brown patches of 

turf, which turn tan and die. It can be 

mistaken for drought, however the 

symptoms worsen with watering and 

numerous small black fruiting bodies 

covered with black spines can be seen 

at the rotting base of the plant. 


❉ Presence of Poa annua 

❉ Basal rot appears under wet/cool 

conditions 

❉ Foliar blight occurs under higher 

summer temperatures 

❉ More likely to occur when the turf 

under stress 

- Low fertility (particularly Nitrogen) 

- Soil compaction, 

- Drought 

- Excessively low mowing heights 

❉ Insect/nematode activity can 

encourage development 

Symptoms 

Patches of affected grass with a 

reddish tinge at first, later becoming 

light brown or almost bleached in 

appearance. Patches vary in size from 

7.5cm to 25cm in diameter but can be 

much larger.Two types of fungal growth 

may be seen on the patches, 

particularly under wet or humid 

conditions. The first takes the form of 

small, pink, cottony flocks, and can be 

confused with growth of the fungus 

causing Snow Mould. The second is 

specific to red thread – pinkish-red, 

gelatinous, thread-like structures 

(stromata), 1-2mm in length, are 

produced on the leaves and may bind 

them together. When dry, the pink 

strands are brittle and resemble red 

threads. These shatter and spread the 

disease. Dry fragments can survive for 

up to two years. 


❉ Attacks Fescue and Lolium perenne 

species 

❉ Favours mild temperatures/damp 

surface 

❉ Grass susceptible with low fertility 

❉ Slow growing turfgrass 

High risk period 



J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 

Fusarium Patch controlled by Anthracnose controlled by Red Thread controlled by 

Eland 

Eland 

Eland 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

Defender 

693 SDHI 

Fusion 

Defender 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

Defender 

163 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Dollar Spot 

(Sclerotinia homoeocarpa) 

Brown Patch 

(Rhizoctonia solani) 

Rust 

(Puccina spp.) 

Symptoms 

Dollar Spot is most commonly found on 

closely mowed turfgrasses. The disease 

appears as round, brown to strawcolored 

and somewhat sunken spots, 

often seen in clusters. Dollar Spot is 

readily distinguished from other turf 

disease by light-tan lesions with a 

reddish-brown border on the leaf 

blades of live plants near the edge of 

the affected area. Early in the day or in 

periods of extended dew, cobweb-like 

mycelium of the fungus can be seen 

growing on affected areas. During early 

stages of the disease, affected plants 

may appear water-soaked and wilted, 

but spots quickly fade to a 

characteristic straw colour. 


❉ Thrives under periods of high humidity 

15-30 

❉ Grass susceptible under heavy dew 

formation 

❉ High humidity during day, cool at 

nights 

❉ Fescue and Poa annua are at high 

risk 

❉ Disease requires high moisture in leaf 

canopy 

Symptoms 

Turfgrasses that are wet for extended 

periods and are closely mowed will 

produce a distinctive gray-purplish 

bordered ring that is up to 50cm in 

diameter. On taller cut grasses that are 

not wet for extended periods will begin 

to produce patches that can be 

several feet in diameter and may have 

a ‘frogeye’ appearance. White 

mycelium can be found on dewcovered 

turf in the early part of the 

morning. On a closer look at the leaf 

blades you may be able to see tan to 

brown small, irregular shaped lesions. 


❉ Thrives in temperatures range 70°F to 

90°F 

❉ Can survive freezing conditions 

❉ It is most when temperatures keep 

above 68°F 

❉ Attacks during extended periods of 

high humidity 

❉ Thrives on lush and succulent growth 

❉ Over winters in grass tissue or Sclerotia 

bodies 

Symptoms 

Rust appears as an orange or yellowishorange 

powder (spores) on grass leaf 

blades, especially in late summer to 

early autumn when the weather is dry. 

Overall, the turf may assume a yellow, 

red, or brown appearance. Close 

examination will reveal the pustules, 

which easily rub off on your hand. 


❉ Low fertility (in particular Nitrogen) 

❉ Cool nights with heavy dew 

❉ Frequent light rainfall increases risk 

❉ Cloud and humidity followed by hot, 

sunny weather 

❉ Spreads via air, water, shoes, 

equipment 

❉ Weakens grass making it more 

susceptible to other problems 




J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D 

Dollar Spot controlled by 

Eland 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

693 SDHI 

Brown Patch controlled by 

Eland 

Rayzor 

Defender 

Rust controlled by 

Eland 

Fusion 

0800 424919 164

Grey Snow Mould 

(Typhula spp.) 

Leaf Spot 

(Drechslera poae) 

Fairy Rings 

(Basidiomycetes) 

Symptoms 

Consist of roughly circular patches (at 

least 3 to 12 inches) of dead and 

matted grass blades. In severe cases, 

these patches coalesce and may not 

be recognizable as individual circles. A 

useful identifying characteristic of Grey 

Snow Mould is the presence of tiny 

brown to black mycelial masses 

(sclerotia) on the blades and in the leaf 

sheaths of infec ted plants. These 

survival structures vary in size and color, 

becoming smaller and darker as they 

dry. 


❉ Active are active at temperatures 

just above freezing 

❉ Favours most conditions for 

development 

❉ Thrives under a blanket of fresh snow 

or fallen leaves. 

❉ Remains inactive during the warm 

months when other 

❉ Spores can survive in thatch and on 

Scerotinia bodies 

Symptoms 

Leaf spots on turfgrass leaf blades 

begin as small red to purplish ovals that 

later develop tan centers of dead 

tissue with darker borders (‘eye spots’). 

The fungi that cause leaf spots directly 

penetrate leaf sheaths and blades at 

random or enter via mowing wounds 

which commonly leads to a tip blight. 

When turfgrass is succulent from recent 

Nitrogen fertilization and there is 

abundant moisture on the leaf blades, 

numerous leaf spot infections per blade 

can occur. The leaf spots may then 

coalesce and cause extensive 

blighting. The fungus may even invade 

the crowns and roots, leaving the 

plants weakened and rotted. This 

severe stage is called ‘melting-out’. 

Large areas of dead or badly 

weakened turfgrass may result. 


❉ Active at mild, warm temperatures 

around 20°C 

❉ Attacks moist leaf blades under high 

humidity 

❉ High levels of fertility 

❉ Lower than recommended mowing 

heights 

❉ Excessive thatch 

Symptoms 

There are 3 types of Fairy Ring. 

Type 1 Typically appear as a ring of 

dead or stressed turf, bordered on 

both inner and outer edges by a band 

of stimulated grass growth. New rings 

can appear just as green ‘patches’. 

Type 2 Stimulated grass growths are 

seen normally without fruiting bodies. It 

is rare that excessive damage is 

caused to the turf. 

Type 3 Have no distinct affect on turf 

except when the fruiting bodies are 

present, forming rings of mushrooms or 

puffballs. 


❉ High thatch levels in fine turf 

❉ Soil high in organic matter 

❉ Colonises thatch at the turf base 

❉ Starts with a germinating spores or a 

strand of mycelium 

❉ Rings of stimulated growth are the 

result of soil Nitrogen release 


J F M A M J J A S O N D 





Grey Snow Mould controlled by 

Eland 

Rayzor 

Leaf Spot controlled by 

Eland 

Fusion 

Rayzor 

693 SDHI (suppression) 

165 

Fairy Rings controlled by 

Eland 

www.rigbytaylor.com

NUTRITION DELIVERY TECHNOLOGY 

It’s not the time a fertilizer is applied 

that’s important it’s when the 

nutrition becomes available to the 

plant. A range of options is now 

available to maximise fertilizer 

performance in line with the nutrition 

demands of the plant. 

continuously reduces the solution concentration of the 

encapsulated urea. This decreasing concentration results in 

a declining osmotic pressure, which causes a continuous 

slowing (or declining) of the release rate. Generally, the 

time for release of the last half of urea will be about twice 

the time for release of the first half. 

After complete release of nutrients, the polymer coating 

microbially decomposes into naturally occurring soil 

elements. 

PCU 

Encapsulated granular technology 

A patented, polymer membrane releases nutrients via 

temperature controlled diffusion 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

H O 

2 

PolyPro Coating Technology 

Nutrient 

Within a week of 

application, the 

polymer coating 

allows soil 

moisture in, 

which activates 

encapsulated 

nutients but 

doesn’t release 

them. 

Over the next 

several months, the 

membrane slowly 

releases dissolved 

nutrients through 

diffusion, only when 

triggered by soil 

temperature. 

After complete 

release of nutrients, 

the polymer coating 

microbially 

decomposes into 

naturally occurring 

soil elements. 

Nitrogen is released gradually throughout the plant's growth 

cycle, resulting in precise, and predictable feeding of the 

rootzone that lasts for months. The key to this consistent, 

gradual nutrient release is the Reactive Layers Coating 

polymer membrane surounding each granule that is not 

affected by moisture. Nutrient release is only activated by 

temperature and not by microbial activity or excessive 

moisture. 

There are 3 phases in this release process:- 

1. Absorption Phase (first week). No immediate release 

occurs during this stage. Until water, which is absorbed into 

the polymer coating, reaches the encapsulated urea to 

initiate dissolution within, there can be no urea diffusion 

release. 

2. Steady-State Release Phase. Once release by diffusion 

begins, the release rate is constant or steady-state until all 

encapsulated urea is dissolved. During this stage there are 

both un-dissolved urea solids and urea solution at maximum 

concentration encapsulated by the polymer coating. This 

maximum solution concentration causes a constant osmotic 

pressure and a steady-state release rate. Complete 

dissolution of the encapsulated urea occurs when about 

50% of the urea has been released, since urea has a 

maximum solution concentration of 50% at ambient 

temperatures. 

3. Declining Release Phase. Once all encapsulated urea 

solids are dissolved and only urea solution remains, 

continued absorption of water and diffusion release of urea 

PCSCU 

Polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated granular 

technology 

Wax coated granule with Sulphur coating and polymer 

layer for more consistent nutrient release 

Wax coating 

Sulphur 

Polymer 

Urea 

New generation, polymer-coated, Sulphur-coated Urea 

(PCSCU) granular fertilizer for turf, is the only one with a 

polymer layer inside the protective surface coating. This 

provides a more durable and consistent granule unlike lesser 

PCSCUs that have a polymer or conditioner on the outside 

of the Sulphur. 

Rigby Taylors PCSCU's outer sulphur and wax layers work 

together to protect the inner polymer coating during the 

various stages of processing. The polymer layer surrounding 

the granule delivers a more consistent nutrient release when 

the plant needs it, with less surge growth, once the outer 

0800 424919 166

Sulphur and wax layers absorb 

water. 

It also has the highest Nitrogen 

content (43%) and lowest 

Sulphur content (4%) of any 

PCSCU on the market, which 

means you can treat more 

area with less product. 

Other PCSCUs do not deliver 

nutrients as evenly or as long, 

and often suffer from nutrient 

‘lock-off’ in which the Sulphur 

coating is too thick to allow 

Nitrogen to release in the 

expected time frame. 

Methylene Urea 

Extended N release in mini- and microgranular 

form 

Can be combined with other nutrients as 

homogenous granules 

The Methylene Urea also promotes strong root growth and a 

balanced, healthier top growth. It also improves the natural 

fertility of the soil increasing and sustaining the population of 

beneficial organisms because it is a source of organic 

Carbon and Nitrogen. The MU will provide a uniform, 

sustained release even during hot weather or heavy rain. 

The Methylene Urea also has a very low salt index, one of the 

lowest available, meaning a very low scorch potential. 

Methylene Urea is also contained in Microflow CXS liquid 

formulations. 

Premier HG, Microfine, Microlite and Delta SR contain MU 

plus a combination of other essential nutrients. 

The patented Methylene Urea used by Rigby Taylor, has 

short and medium length polymer chains that are specially 

designed to achieve the required results, and release 

pattern. The length of chain determines the longevity of 

release. Rigby Taylor uses chain lengths that will give 10-24 

weeks, depending on the product range. 

The specially designed polymer chains are made up of:- 

✱ Free Urea for rapidly available N 

✱ Cold water-soluble Nitrogen (CWSN) which gives 

available N over a few weeks 

✱ Hot water-soluble Nitrogen (HWSN), which releases the N 

over 8-16 weeks 

✱ Hot water-insoluble Nitrogen (HWIN), which releases the N 

over 16-24 weeks 

ZeoLite 

Provides a natural affinity with N & K in 

quality fertilizers 

Key addition to the rage of MicrolIte and Microlite Activ8 

formulations. 

Clinoptilolite (Zeolite) is a naturally occurring mineral 

incorporated in the MicroLite range. It has a natural affinity 

to Nitrogen and Potassium and these nutrients are absorbed 

into the Clinoptilolite grid and then released as and when 

demanded by the plant. Clinoptilolite will also hold up to 

55% of ots weight in moisture, which is again released as the 

plant demands. 

167 

www.rigbytaylor.com

NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY & SELECTION 

In a turf management environment, nutrients added to the 

soil/plant are normally supplied in the form of fertilizer, either 

as dry applications such as powder or granules or spray 

applied as liquids or water-soluble formulations. 

Turf fertilizers are classified as those that are essential 

(macro) and applied regularly and those that are required 

and applied in lesser quantities (micro) but still important for 

healthy plant growth. However, all nutrients are important 

and it is not the quantity that is applied but their availability 

to the plant. 

Nutrient deficiency 

Turf quality is controlled not by the total amount of nutrients 

available to the plant, but by the nutrient in limited supply. A 

simple ‘law of the minimum’ is illustrated here by Liebigs 

Barrel. 

Just as the capacity of a barrel with staves of unequal 

length, is limited by the shortest stave (in this example 

Phosphate is the limiting factor), so a plant's growth is limited 

by the nutrient in shortest supply. 

Understanding how to recognize nutrient deficiencies will 

allow corrective action to be taken to lessen the effect and 

prevent a similar situation arising in the future. 

A range of factors influence the availability of nutrients. 

Some will be under your control, others will not. 

Cold Soils 

Saturated Soils 

High pH 

Low pH 

Compacted Soils 

Dry Soils 

High Organic Matter 

Sandy Soils 

High Calcium 

Low Organic Matter 

High Magnesium 

Low Magnesium 

Nutrients likely to be deficient 

under certain soil conditions 

N 

N 

Cu 

S 

P 

P 

K 

S 

P 

S 

Ca 

Ca 

P 

P 

Fe 

Ca 

K 

K 

Cu 

Mg 

Fe 

K 

Mg 

S 

K 

Mn 

Mg 

Mg 

S 

Mn 

K 

P 

Fe 

Fe 

Zn 

Mo 

B 

B 

B 

Zn 

Zn 

Mn 

Zn 

Classification of nutrients 

MACRONUTRIENTS PLANT REQUIREMENTS 

Nitrogen (N) Shoot-root growth, density, colour, disease resistance, and stress tolerance 

Phosphate (P) Seedling development and root growth 

Potash (K) 

Improving drought tolerance by water regulation. Cold hardiness and improved disease resistance 

Calcium (Ca) Cell development and division 

Magnesium (Mg) Chlorophyll production. Transportation of phosphorous around the plant 

Sulphur (S) 

Aids in protein synthesis, helps in the utilization of nitrogen. Chlorophyll production 

MICRONUTRIENTS (TRACE) 

Boron (B) 

Cell wall formation. The translocation of sugar and carbohydrates 

Copper (Cu) Cell wall structure. Carbohydrate metabolism 

Iron (Fe) 

Chlorophyll development, colour enhancement and hardening off 

Manganese (Mn) Chlorophyll synthesis 

Molybdenum (Mo) The conversion of nitrates into amino acids 

Zinc (Zn) 

Root development and seed establishment 

The majority of nutrients are taken up by the roots via the soil though some can also be absorbed through the leaf when 

applied as a foliar spray.There are other elements such as Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen can be both through the 

aerial parts of the plant and from soil moisture via the roots. 

0800 424919 168

Nutrient release timing of Nitrogen can be rapid or slow depending on the 

form used. The two forms are Nitrogen Ammonium (NH4+) and Nitrate (NH3-). 

Applying Nitrate Nitrogen will result in it being quickly taken up by the plant and 

producing rapid grass growth. It can however be an excellent tool where the 

plant needs a rapid boost and enhanced colour. Ammonium Nitrogen is also 

taken in by the plant but utilized less quickly, resulting in slower growth. It is also 

held longer in the soil, which reduces the risk of loss through rapid leaching. 

Nitrogen Uptake 

Nitrogen occurs in various forms, organic, ammoniacal and ureic. These have to 

go through various processes before they are available to the plant. 

Organic: Organic sources have to go through Mineralization. This process 

transforms the organic source into an inorganic source (ammonium). 

The first part of the process is Aminization, which is the decomposition of the 

organic N by bacteria and fungi, to produce Amino Nitrogen, which is then 

microbially converted in to ammonia. 

+Aminization 

+Ammonification 

Organic N = Amino Acids = Ammonium N 

Ammoniacal: Ammoniacal sources have to go through Nitrification, when the 

Ammonium is converted in to Nitrate. 

The first process involve Nitrosmonas (bacteria), which oxidize the Ammonia in to 

Nitrite. Nitrobacter (bacteria) then oxidize the Nitrite in to Nitrate. These reactions 

occur very closely to prevent a build up of Nitrite, as it is toxic to the plant. 

+Nitrosomonas + Nitrobacter 

Ammonium = Nitrite = Nitrate 

Ureic: Ureic nitrogen is hydrolized into ammonia (and carbon dioxide) by an 

enzyme called Urease. 

+Urease 

Urea 

= Ammonia 

All the above processes can be affected by moisture, temperature, microbial 

activity, pH and aeration. 

169 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Applying Nutrients 

Getting fertilizer to where it is needed can be 

achieved in different ways; dry (granules/- 

powders) applied alone or from a spray 

(liquid/water soluble). 

In the main however, there is no hard and fast 

rule as to what is best. The application 

selection method will often depend on 

practicalities, climatic conditions and personal 

preference. In many cases it will be that ‘one 

size does not fit all’ and a combination of 

application methods will be selected. 

The most successful fertilizer programme will be 

one that provides a consistent supply of plant 

nutrients when demanded, without causing a 

surge (flush) of vegetative growth or cause a 

‘lock up’ of other nutrients availability. 

The Rigby Taylor range offers the widest choice 

of fertilizer options. 

Controlled release – Microlite, PolyPro, 

ConVert, Premier HG, Microfine, Microflow 

Conventional release – MicroLite Activ8, 

TE-Bag, Fine Turf, Outfield 

Organic/Organic content – Microfine Organic, 

Apex, Delta 

Liquid – MicroFlow 

Water soluble – Microsol 

Which to apply and why? 

Different fertilizers have different modes of action and it 

is important to understand some of the key factors that 

influence the selection making process. 

Where a quick response is required, a fertilizer with the 

ability to allow rapid availability of nutrients to the plant 

will be a key factor in the selection making process. 

There are products, including liquids, water-solubles 

and conventional dry formulations, that will provide a 

rapid growth response in the turf plant and enhanced 

colour. The downsides to applying such products are 

two fold. 

1. Excessive nutrient loss through the leaves could 

quickly occur as, due to the creation of increased 

vegetative growth, mowing regimes may be increased 

leading to increased clipping removal, and 

2. Rapid leaching of nutrients, surface run-off, 

volatilization 

Slow release, controlled/phased release and organic 

based fertilizers release their nutrients over a period of 

time (up to 24 weeks) and offer a consistent and 

reliable delivery of nutrients. Such control over the 

nutrient release will minimize nutrient loss and maximize 

nutrient efficiency. 

0800 424919 170

pH INFLUENCE ON NUTRIENT AVAILABILITY 

The letters pH stand for ‘Potential Hydrogen’ and represents 

the measure of Hydrogen ions in the soil. 

The availability of soil nutrients is affected to a greater or lesser degree by the pH of the soil. The chart 

below indicates the effect that levels of pH can have on the availability of nutrients to the plant. 

Using the chart, in conjunction with the results of soil analysis, can be used in deciding the fertilizer 

programme to adopt. 

Optimum turf pH 

4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 

Nitrogen 

Phosphorus 

Potassium 

Sulphur 

Calcium 

Magnesium 

Iron 

Manganese 

Boron 

Copper & Zinc 

Molydenum 

171 

www.rigbytaylor.com

SPREADER CALIBRATION 

If there is just one operation that, with a little 

time spent, can increase the efficiency and 

effectiveness of fertilizer application, it is the 

practice of calibration. There are three main 

reasons why regular calibration of your 

spreader should take place: 

1. Economic 

The wasteful application of 

granular fertilizer, pesticides, 

wetting agents and seed is both 

costly in terms of product used 

and also the potential expense 

of rectification due to damage 

caused. Inaccurate application can also lead to 

unsightly striping on the turf or the overstimulation of the 

grass leading to the development of excessive, soft 

growth that may be more prone to disease attack. 

2. Environment 

Over use of materials can cause 

pollution of water courses due to 

leaching or run-off. They may also 

be harmful to beneficial organisms. 

Responsible application is important 

to ensure that the products applied 

do not impact negatively upon the environment. 

3. Compliance 

Increasing legislation means that a 

greater accountability is being placed 

upon operators applying fertilizers and 

pesticides. Already new measures are 

being taken in respect of sprayer 

testing and similar requirements may 

well be introduced in time for 

spreaders. 

Spreaders - The Basics 

A clean machine is vital to ensure accuracy and 

application efficiency. After every operation the spreader 

should be thoroughly cleaned, dried and, where 

appropriate, grease applied. Fertilizer absorbs air moisture 

and any material left in the machine may well form 

clumps that will impact on the workings of the machine 

and corrode metal parts. 

The machine should be inspected on a regular basis to 

ensure all parts are working as intended. Often the 

adjustment of the lever mechanism on a rotary machine 

will need checking to ensure there isn’t any slack that may 

affect the opening and shutting of the tray holes. 

Regardless of the spreader type or model used, each 

individual spreader is slightly different. It is important 

therefore to calibrate each one separately, even though 

it may appear identical to another spreader. Also, 

calibration should be undertaken for each granular 

product used because products vary in density, size, 

active ingredient and nutrient content. 

Calibration can be carried out by specialist independent 

companies or done equally well ‘in-house’. Most quality 

spreaders are supplied with detailed advice. Calibration is 

not ‘one of the dark arts’ but a simple practical test that 

just requires a little preparation and simple calculations. 

Your Rigby Taylor will be able to provide advice. 

The table below shows the range of swath widths that can 

be achieved and the flexibility that can be achieved 

using the interchangeable trays that can be fitted to the 

OptiM8 spreader range. 

In addition manufacturers of quality fertilizers will provide a 

guide to the appropriate settings applicable to their 

fertilizer granule sizes and formulations. See table opposite. 

Application rates will vary depending on the product 

being applied and the walking speed of the individual 

operator. 

Products Applied (Tray Type* Fitted) 

Spreader Model Type Swath Hopper Fertilizer Grass Rock Wetting Top Soil † 

Width Capacity Granules Seed Salt Agent Dressing Amendments 

OptiM8 RT36CP Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT36PP Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT36PS Rotary 2.0-6m 36 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

OptiM8 RT60PS Rotary 2.0-6m 60 kg Standard Low High Standard Standard Low 

* Unique, interchangeable trays allow for multiple product applications with just one spreading machine 

† Soil amendments include Profile, Alize, Blockade and Integrate Granules 

0800 424919 172

NOZZLES 

WHY AIR BUBBLE JETS 

❱ Maximum spray contact, minimum spray drift – reduces spray drift by 75%* 

❱ Produces superior coverage – more consistent droplet size 

❱ Less affected by wind – provides more spraying day opportunities 

❱ Offers wide range of sizes – provides flexible application rates 

❱ Less than 2% driftable droplets (100 microns) – compared to 20% conventional nozzles 

❱ Fits any standard nozzle holders – easy to fit, clean and remove 

❱ Used in a wide range of situations – excellent at low water rates 

The most cost-effective 

investment in reducing drift 

and waste, Air Bubble Jets 

are the nozzle preference for 

golf course greenkeepers, 

groundsmen and landscapers 

❱ Top ✰✰✰ LERAP award allows category B chemicals to be sprayed within one metre 

of a water course 

The BFS Air Bubble Jet has a 15-year proven record and is the number 

one low drift nozzle used by UK farmers and growers. 

How do they work? 

Air Bubble Jets are specially designed spray nozzles (tips) that produce 

a narrow range of spray droplets containing air bubbles that are 

designed to minimize spray drift and optimize product efficacy. 

Why use them? 

Spray drift is a serious economic, environmental and safety problem. 

Using BFS Air Bubble Jets, the spray, containing a mixture of air and 

liquid, reduces spray drift and ensures more even leaf coverage to 

achieve enhanced chemical efficacy. 

How are they used? 

Simply fitted to a standard nozzle body on the boom of any sprayer 

the optimum operating pressure is between 2-4.5 bar with an overall 

range of 1.5-6 bar. 

What jets are available? 

The full range includes: 01; 0.15; 0.2; 0.25; 0.3; 0.35; 0.4; 0.5; 0.6 and 0.8. 

All the jets are ISO colour coded so if a conventional yellow 02 nozzle is 

currently used, just substitute it with a yellow 02 Air Bubble Jet. 

Who make Air Bubble Jets? 

Air Bubble Jets are the invention of Billericay Farm Services, a leading 

company in spray technology. They are designed and manufactured 

in the United Kingdom and are exclusively marketed by Rigby Taylor to 

the UK Amenity industry. 

Inside the 

Air Bubble Jet 

A mixture of air and liquid is 

drawn in and compressed and 

then sprayed out through 

specially designed fan jets. The 

droplets that are produced 

contain air bubbles which 

collapse on contact with the 

grass blade and spread evenly 

across the surface. The liquid 

being sprayed passes through a 

removable tapered nozzle A 

which accelerates the liquid and 

projects the flow into the tapered 

opening of the venturi B. This 

creates a vacuum that causes 

air to be sucked in through the 

slots marked C. 

The mixture of air and liquid is 

compressed as it passes through 

the mixing chamber D and is 

then sprayed through the fan 

nozzle E. 

*Long Ashton Research Station wind tunnel tests compared Billericay 03 Air Bubble Jet to standard 03 nozzles 

173 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Air Bubble Jet 

Application Rates 

Nozzle 

0.1 

Orange 

0.15 

Green 

0.2 

Yellow 

** 

At 2 bar 

0.25 

Lilac 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.3 

Blue 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.35 

Brown Red 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.4 

Flame Red 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.5 

Brown 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.6 

Grey 

*** 

At 2 bar 

0.8 

White 

*** 

At 2 bar 

LITRES PER HECTARE 

Speed at 50cm nozzle spacing 

Bar Flow L/min 3 KPH 4 KPH 5 KPH 6 KPH 7 KPH 8 KPH 9 KPH 10 KPH 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.33 

0.40 

0.46 

0.52 

132 

160 

184 

208 

99 

120 

138 

156 

79 

96 

110 

125 

66 

80 

92 

104 

57 

69 

79 

89 

50 

60 

69 

78 

44 

53 

61 

69 

40 

48 

55 

62 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.49 

0.60 

0.69 

0.77 

196 

240 

276 

308 

147 

180 

207 

231 

118 

144 

166 

185 

98 

120 

138 

154 

84 

103 

118 

132 

74 

90 

104 

116 

65 

80 

92 

103 

59 

72 

83 

92 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.66 

0.80 

0.93 

1.04 

264 

320 

372 

416 

198 

240 

279 

312 

158 

192 

223 

250 

132 

160 

186 

208 

113 

137 

159 

178 

99 

120 

140 

156 

88 

107 

124 

139 

79 

96 

112 

125 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.82 

1.00 

1.15 

1.30 

328 

400 

460 

520 

246 

300 

345 

390 

197 

240 

276 

312 

164 

200 

230 

260 

141 

171 

197 

223 

123 

150 

173 

195 

109 

133 

153 

173 

98 

120 

138 

156 

2.0 

3.0 

4.0 

5.0 

0.98 

1.20 

1.39 

1.55 

392 

480 

556 

620 

294 

360 

417 

465 

235 

288 

334 

372 

196 

240 

278 

310 

168 

206 

238 

266 

187 

180 

209 

233 

131 

160 

185 

207 

118 

144 

167 

186 

2.0 1.14 456 342 274 228 195 171 152 137 

3.0 1.40 560 420 336 280 240 210 187 168 

4.0 1.62 648 486 389 324 278 243 216 194 

5.0 1.81 724 543 434 362 310 272 241 217 

2.0 1.31 524 393 314 262 225 197 175 157 

3.0 1.60 640 480 384 320 274 240 213 192 

4.0 1.85 740 555 444 370 317 278 247 222 

5.0 2.07 828 621 497 414 355 311 276 248 

2.0 1.63 652 489 391 326 279 245 217 196 

3.0 2.00 800 600 480 400 343 300 267 240 

4.0 2.31 924 693 554 462 396 347 308 377 

5.0 2.58 1032 774 619 516 442 387 344 310 

2.0 1.96 784 588 470 392 336 294 261 235 

3.0 2.40 960 720 576 480 411 360 320 288 

4.0 2.77 1108 831 665 554 475 416 369 332 

5.0 3.10 1240 930 744 620 531 465 413 372 

2.0 2.61 1044 783 625 522 447 392 348 313 

3.0 3.20 1280 960 768 640 549 480 427 384 

4.0 3.70 1480 1110 888 740 634 555 493 444 

5.0 4.13 1652 1239 991 826 708 620 551 496 

To select the correct nozzle for the intended operation use the simple steps below: 

1. Read the label - This will provide information on rates of use/water volume and any application restrictions 

2. Select the required water volume rate, i.e. litres per hectare (l/ha) 

3. Select the chosen speed (kph) 

4. Identify the nearest nozzle to the water volume required and this will show the required pressure (bar)’ 

For example: 

Water volume require rate = 400 l/ha 

Speed selected = 6 kph 

Nearest nozzle match = Brown @ 3 bar pressure 

ALWAYS fit the correct nozzle for the job required. Using the wrong nozzle may not only provide inferior coverage and 

control but will certainly be a costly waste of material. 

0800 424919 174

USEFUL CONVERSIONS 

Grass Seed Quantity Guides (approximate) 

How many 20kg bags of seed you will need for certain sports pitches at specific 


No. of 20kg bags sown at: 

Sports Dimension Area 20 gms 25 gms 35 gms 

Facility (metres) (m 2 ) per m 2 per m 2 per m 2 

Soccer 100 x 64 6,400 6.4 8 11.2 

Rugby 100 x 69 6,900 6.9 8.6 12.1 

Hockey 91.4 x 55 5,027 5 6.3 8.8 

Cricket Square 30 x 30 (Average) 900 0.9 1.1 1.5 

Lawn Tennis 23.8 x 11 262 0.3 0.3 0.45 

Bowls 40 x 40 1,600 1.6 2 2.8 

Golf Green Average 500 0.5 0.6 0.9 

Golf Tees Average 350 0.4 0.4 0.6 

1 hectare 10,000 10 12.5 17.5 

Grass seed Sowing Rate Conversions 

All Rigby Taylor seed sowing rates are expressed in grams per square 

metre. The following table can be used to convert these rates to units 

suited to larger areas or to imperial measurements. 

Grams/m 2 8.0 15.0 25.0 35.0 50.0 

Kilograms/100m 2 0.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 

Kilograms/hectares 80.0 150.0 250.0 350.0 500.0 

Kilograms/acre 30.0 60.0 100.0 140.0 200.0 

Mass & Area 

Mass per area 

oz/sq.yd g/sq.m 

¼ = 8.5 

½ = 17 

1 = 34 

2 = 68 

3 = 102 

4 = 136 

5 = 170 

6 = 204 

7 = 238 

9 = 306 

10 = 340 

15 = 510 

20 = 680 

Weight pounds to kilogrammes divide by ÷ 2.205 kilogrammes to pounds multiply by × 2.205 

tons to tonnes multiply by × 1.016 tonnes to tons divide by ÷ 1.016 

cwts to kilogrammes multiply by × 50.794 kilogrammes to cwts divide by ÷ 50.794 

Area acres to hectares divide by ÷ 2.471 hectares to acres multiply by × 2.471 

square yards to square metres multiply by × 0.8361 square metres to square yards divide by ÷ 0.8361 

Volume pints to litres multiply by × 0.568 litres to pints divide by ÷ 0.568 

litres to gallons divide by ÷ 4.546 gallons to litres multiply by × 4.546 

Weight / Area tons/acre to tonnes/hectare multiply by × 2.51 tonnes/hectare to tons/acre divide by ÷ 2.51 

cwts/acre to tonnes/hectare divide by ÷ 8.00 tonnes/hectare to cwts/acre multiply by × 8.0 

cwts/acre to kilogrammes/hectare multiply by × 125.00 kilogrammes/hectare to cwts/acre divide by ÷ 125.0 

Volume / Acre pints/acre to litres/hectare divide by ÷ 0.712 litres/hectare to pints/acre multiply by × 0.712 

gallons/acre to litres/hectare multiply by × 11.233 litres/hectare to gallons/acre divide by ÷ 11.233 

lbs/cu.ft to kg/cubic metres multiply by × 16.052 kg/cubic metres to lbs/cu.ft divide by ÷ 16.052 

Length 1 metre = 100 centimetres 

= 3.28 feet 

= 1.09 yards 

1 yard = 3 feet 

= 0.914 metres 

Area 1 sq. metre = 1.20 sq.yards 

1 sq. yard = 0.836 sq. metres 

1 hectare = 10,000 sq. metres 

10,000 sq. metres = 2.471 acres 

Volume 1 litre (1,000ml) = 35.21 fl.oz 

= 1.76 pints 

1 gallon = 4.55 litres 

Weight 1 gramme = 0.036 ounces 

1 kilogramme = 35.21 ounces 

= 2.21 pounds 

1,000 kilogrammes = 1 metric tonne 

1 ton = 1.016 tonnes 

175 

www.rigbytaylor.com

Nutrient application from granular fertilizers 

Calculation of amount of nutrient applied from 

declared analysis and treatment rate 

Nutrient 

Analysis 

%N, P 2 0 5 , 

K 2 0 etc. Kg/ha applied at these application rates (g/m 2 ): 

Declared 15 20 30 35 70 105 140 

1 1.5 2.0 3.0 3.5 7.0 10.5 14.0 

2 3.0 4.0 6.0 7.0 14.0 21.0 28.0 

3 4.5 6.0 9.0 10.5 21.0 31.5 42.0 

4 6.0 8.0 12.0 14.0 28.0 42.0 56.0 

5 7.5 10.0 15.0 17.5 35.0 52.5 70.0 

6 9.0 12.0 18.0 21.0 42.0 63.0 84.0 

7 10.5 14.0 21.0 24.5 49.0 73.5 98.0 

8 12.0 16.0 24.0 28.0 56.0 84.0 112.0 

9 13.5 18.0 27.0 31.5 63.0 94.5 126.0 

10 15.0 20.0 30.0 35.0 70.0 105.0 140.0 

11 16.5 22.0 33.0 38.5 77.0 115.5 154.0 

12 18.0 24.0 36.0 42.0 84.0 126.0 168.0 

13 19.5 26.0 39.0 45.5 91.0 136.5 182.0 

14 21.0 28.0 42.0 49.0 98.0 147.0 196.0 

15 22.5 30.0 45.0 52.5 105.0 157.5 210.0 

16 24.0 32.0 48.0 56.0 112.0 168.0 224.0 

17 25.5 34.0 51.0 59.5 119.0 178.5 238.0 

18 27.0 36.0 54.0 63.0 126.0 189.0 252.0 

19 28.5 38.0 57.0 66.5 133.0 199.5 266.0 

20 30.0 40.0 60.0 70.0 140.0 210.0 280.0 

21 31.5 42.0 63.0 73.5 147.0 220.5 294.0 

22 33.0 44.0 66.0 77.0 154.0 231.0 308.0 

23 34.5 46.0 69.0 80.5 161.0 241.5 322.0 

24 36.0 48.0 72.0 84.0 168.0 252.0 336.0 

25 37.5 50.0 75.0 87.5 175.0 262.5 350.0 

Typical Areas of Use 

Golf green 365-640 sq.m = 400-700 sq.yd 

Football pitch (small) 91.4 × 46.0 m = 4,204 sq.m 

100.0 × 50.0 yds = 5,000 sq.yd 

(large) 119.0 × 91.4 m = 10,877 sq.m 

130.0 × 100 yds = 13,000 sq.yd 

Rugby pitch 100.0 × 69.0 m = 6,900 sq.m 

Bowling green 38.4 × 38.4 m = 1,475 sq.m 

42.0 × 42.0 sq.yd = 1,764 sq.yd 

Cricket square 27.4 × 27.4 m = 752 sq.m 

30.0 × 30.0 yds = 900 sq.yd 

Tennis court (reg) 23.8 × 11.0 m = 262 sq.m 

26.0 × 12.0 yds = 312 sq.yd 

(full) 36.6 × 18.3 m = 670 sq.m 

40.0 × 20.0 yds = 800 sq.yd 

Hockey pitch (small) 91.4 × 50.0 m = 4,570 sq.m 

100.0 × 55.0 yds = 5,500 sq.yd 

(large) 91.4 × 55.0 m = 5,027sq.m 

100.0 × 60.0yds = 6,000 sq.yd 

Lacrosse 137.0 × 73.0 m = 10,001 sq.m 

150.0 × 80.0 yds = 12,000 sq.yd 

110.0 × 75.0 yds = 8,250 sq.yd 

Croquet 32.0 × 26.0 m = 832 sq.m 

35.0 × 28.0 yds = 980 sq.yd 

Note: 

35g/sq.m = 350 kg per ha. = 1 oz per sq.yd = 2.7 cwt per acre 

50kg/ha = 0.38 cwt per acre = 43 lbs per acre 

1kg/ha = 0.86 lbs/acre 

Temperature 

Tyre pressures 

Degree Centigrade (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F) multiply by 1.8 and add 32 

Spraying speeds 

0800 424919 176

“ 

We have had great success with R14 seed. 

It is extremely hardwearing, has good colour, 

recovers well and provides excellent leaf density. 

Our lines are marked out with Impact XP paint. It 

provides very bright white lines that last even after 

periods of heavy rainfall. Also the paint does not 

‘shadow’ and produces a very professional finish. 

We gain excellent control of leaf spot and fusarium 

by ringing the changes using Rayzor, Eland and Fusion 

fungicides. 

” 

Keith Kent 

Twickenham Stadium 

Head Groundsman

Supporting the industry through sponsorship and membership 

Rigby Taylor Limited Rigby Taylor Limited Rigby Taylor Limited 

16 Rivington House, 2, The J4 Estate, Clifton Hall Road, 

Horwich Loco Estate Doman Road, Camberley, Newbridge Industrial Estate, 

Horwich, Lancs BL6 5UE Surrey GU15 3LB Newbridge, Midlothian EH28 2PJ 

Tel: (01204) 677777 Tel: (01276) 676833 Tel: (0131) 333 3344 

Fax: (01204) 677715 Fax: (01276) 682396 Fax: (0131) 333 3399 

Order Line 0800 424 919 

Web site: www.rigbytaylor.com 

e-mail: sales@rigbytaylor.com 

Mascot, Apex, Activate, Microfine, HydroPro-2, Spike, Magnetize, Magnet Velocite, Manganaze, Minor-8T, SeaQuest, Watercondition-R, ConVert, PolyPro, TE-bag, Propel-R, Integrate, 

Microflow, Impact, Greenspread, Duramark, Penetr8-R, OptiM8, Mosquito, Photon and Cleansward are Trademarks of Rigby Taylor Ltd. Duraline Is a Registered Trademark 

of Rigby Taylor Ltd and Linemark (UK) Ltd. Icade, Greenor, Pivotal and Junction are trademarks of Dow AgroSciences LLC. Stressgard and 693 SDHI are trademarks of Bayer 

CropScience Limited. All Clear Extra is a trademark of DuPont. Chikara is a trademark of Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha Ltd (ISK), Japan. Gallup Hi-Aktiv Amenity, Gallup Biograde 

Amenity and Discman CDA Biograde are registered trademarks of Barclay Chemicals Manufacturing Ltd. Sward is a trade mark of Amega Sciences Ltd. Profile Greens 

Grade and Field & Fairway are trade marks of Profile Products Ltd., Illinois, USA. Eagle Green Care is a trademark of ECOSpray Ltd. Ecoplug is a registered trademark of 

Ecoplug Sweden AB. Mogeton is a registered trademark of Agro-Kanesho Co. Ltd. Maxicrop is a Registered Trademark of Valagro (Italy) 

A member of the Origin Enterprises PLC Group

2017 RT Brochure

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?